Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Specifications
4, 1 U C-0 N —1 �* FLOC T C� f CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN Prepared by: Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc. E X C E P T I O N A L S O L U T I O N S CGA Project No. 05 -5564 City of Sunny Isles Beach Bid No. 06 -06 -03 July 2006 SETT o� FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY SECTION 00900 Addendum No. 1 (July 19, 2006) to Contract documents CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN CGA PROJECT NO. 05 -5564 CITY BID NO. 06 -06 -03 To All Bidders: Bidders for the above - referenced project shall take note of the following changes, additions, deletions, clarifications, etc. to the Plans and Specifications, which in accordance with the Contract Documents shall become a part of and have precedence over anything shown or described otherwise. IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. In Document 00020 — Notice to bidders, the mandatory pre -bid is here amended to be a non - mandatory pre -bid meeting, attendance is not required to submit a bid, but is highly recommended. All other documents, specifications, drawings, terms and conditions remain the same. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of Addendum on Page 00300 -4. END OF SECTION 07/06 900 -1 05 -5564 CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN Contract Documents and Specifications Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc. E X C E P T I O N A L S O L U T I O N S CGA Project No. 05 -5564 City of Sunny Isles Beach Bid No. 06 -06 -03 July 2006 TABLE OF CONTENTS Town Center Park Entry Sign CGA Project No. 05 -5564 Citv of Sunnv Isles Beach Bid No. 06 -06 -03 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00020 Notice to Bidders 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00401 Bid Bond 00402 Public Entity Crimes Affidavit 00403 Trench Safety Act 00420 Information Required from Bidders 00500 EJCDC Standard Form of Agreement 00600 Payment Bond 00601 Performance Bond 00650 Acknowledgment of Conformance with O.S.H.A. Standards 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00900 Addenda SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01025 Measurement and Payment 01030 Special Project Procedures 01050 Field Engineering 01090 References 01152 Applications for Payment 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01410 Testing and Testing Laboratory Services 01505 Control of Work 01510 Temporary Utilities 01532 Tree and Plant Protection 01540 Security 01550 Site Access and Storage 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 07/06 05 -5564 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02100 Site Preparation 02220 Structural Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction 02221 Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe 02481 Shrub and Tree Relocation 02484 Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes 02487 Sodding 02490 Trees, Plants, and Groundcover 02780 Unit Pavers 02810 Irrigation DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03350 Concrete Finishes DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09820 Cementitious Coatings DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Basic Wiring and Methods 16500 Luminaires DIVISION 4 — 8 and 10 - 15 Not Applicable 07/06 ii 05 -5564 t SECTION 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the CITY COMMISSION of THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH is seeking sealed bids for the following work as specified. TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN CGA Project No. 05 -5564 City of Sunny Isles Beach Bid No. 06 -06 -03 Sealed bids for the construction of the Town Center Park Entry Sign consisting of concrete sign construction, furnish and installing brick pavers, in- ground lighting, and removal, relocation, installation of plant material and irrigation equipment will be received by the Owner, City of Sunny Isles Beach. Bids shall be on a unit price basis; segregated bids will not be accepted. Sealed bids will be received by the City Clerk until 2:00 pm, on Day, Thursday August 10, 2006 at the City of Sunny Isles Beach, City Hall located at 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, Florida, 33160. Bids received after this time will be returned unopened. Bids submitted will be opened publicly and read aloud at this time. Bidders may obtain complete sets of Bidding Documents from the City of Sunny Isles Beach at 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160 at no cost. 1 Partial sets of Bidding Documents will not be available. Bidding Documents may be examined at the City of Sunny Isles Beach, at the above - referenced address. Bid security in the amount of five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid or $5,000.000, ' whichever is less, must accompany the Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. A mandatory Pre -Bid Conference is scheduled for 2:00 p.m., Thursday July 20, 2006, at the City of Sunny Isles Beach, City Hall located at 18070 Collins Avenue, Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160, first floor. All contractors planning to submit a bid are required to attend this meeting. Contractors should allow sufficient time to insure arrival prior to the indicated time. Bids from those who have failed to attend ' will not be opened. Contractors arriving past the indicated time will not be eligible to submit a bid. I 1 07/06 00020 -1 05 -5564 i t The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, with or without cause, to waive technical errors and informalities, and to accept the Bid, which best serves the interest of the Owner. For further information, contact the office of the City Engineer c/o Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc. at (954) 921-7781. Jane Hines City Clerk City of Sunny Isles Beach Publish Dates: July 10, 2006 END OF DOCUMENT 07/06 00020 -2 05 -5564 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 . DEFINITION OF TERMS 1.1 Bidding Documents - these include the Advertisement for Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, sample bidding and contract forms, proposed Contract Documents as defined in the General Conditions and any Addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 Total Base Bid - the amount stated on the Bid Form for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 1.3 Unit Price Bid - the amount stated in the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement for materials or labor as described in the Bidding Documents. 1.4 Addenda - written and graphic documents issued by the Engineer prior to the execution of the Contract to modify or interpret the Bidding Documents. 1.5 General Conditions - 1996 Version of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 1.6 Any Capitalized terms contained here -in (e.g. Owner, Engineer, Work, Agreement, Contract) and is not defined above are contained in the General Conditions Article 1 - Definitions and Terminology. 2. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained from the office of the Engineer as stated in the Advertisement for Bid. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used by Bidders in preparation of Bids; neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets. 2.3 Bidding documents consist of this project manual along with the following construction plans titled: a. Town Center Park Entry Sign Bid No. 06 -06 -03 CGA Project No. 05 -5564 3. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 Bidders shall visit the site of the proposed work and become familiar with the nature and extent of work to be performed and local conditions that may affect the work. 07/06 00100 -1 05 -5564 3.2 The Bidding Documents were prepared to present an essentially accurate representation of existing conditions, interpreted from available information ' on the site. The Bidder is not relieved, however, of the responsibility of becoming fully informed as to existing conditions at the site. 3.3 Bidders shall examine existing site improvements, and conditions, utilities, and streets to determine all conditions, which will affect the Work. 4. INTERPRETATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4.1 All questions requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall be made in writing and shall reach the office of the Owner at least 5 days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Direct all requests to the attention of the Project Engineer at Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc., 1800 Eller Drive Suite 600, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316; Fax: 954 - 921 -8807; Phone: 954-921-7781. 4.2 Any modification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum to all who are recorded by the Engineer as having received a complete set of Bidding Documents. 4.3 Interpretations or modifications of Bidding Documents made in any manner other than by Addendum will not be binding. 4.4 A Bidder, prior to submitting his Bid, shall ascertain that he has received all Addenda issued, and shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid Form. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS 5.1 Bidders represent that their Bid is based upon the materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents. 5.2 Requests for substitutions will be considered prior to receipt of bids if they reach the Engineer at least 5 days prior to the date for receipt of bids. 5.3 Acceptance by the Engineer of a proposed substitution will be issued in the form of an Addendum or Substitution Request Form. 6. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 6.1 If requested, the Bidder shall submit to the Engineer, prior to award of contract, a properly completed Contractors Qualification Statement, along with any other evidence of his satisfactory experience and ability to perform the proposed Work. 6.2 If requested by the Owner, the Bidder shall submit a certified financial statement, prepared within the past 30 days, indicating current financial resources, liabilities, capital equipment, and past history performance. 07/06 00100 -2 05 -5564 6.3 Bidders may be disqualified and their bids rejected for any of the following specific reasons: ra. Reason to believe that collusion exists among Bidders. b. Determination of lack of competency as may be revealed by ' qualification statements, financial statements, experience records, or other questionnaires. C. The Bidder's uncompleted work load which in the judgment of the Owner, may cause detrimental impact on prompt completion of this project. d. The Bidder is involved in any litigation against the Owner. ' e. The Bidder has defaulted on any previous contract or is in arrears on any existing contract. f. The submittal of more than one proposal from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation or association under the same or different names. g. The Bidder, or its principals, have outstanding code enforcement violations with the City of Sunny Isles Beach. 6.4 It shall be a requirement of this bid that there are no related party ' transactions between the bidder and any employee, agent or contractor of the City of Sunny Isles Beach. Any bidder who is a related party, as noted herein, will be considered non - responsive and the proposal and bid bond will be immediately returned. A bidder will be considered a related party if the bidder has an ownership interest or is in any way related to an employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the City, is a sub - consultant of an ' employee, agent, consultant or contractor, and can influence the management or operating policy of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. 7. PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR: 7.1 The Contractor shall perform on the site and with his own forces, work equivalent to at least forty percent (40 %) of the total amount of work to be performed under this contract. After the contract is awarded, and during the ' progress of the work, the Owner reserves the right to reduce the percentage of work performed by the contractor's own forces. 8. BID PREPARATION 8.1 Prepare bids on the forms provided by the Engineer with all blanks on the Bid Form filled in by typewriter or written in ink. 8.2 State total base bid amount in both words and figures. In case of a discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. 8.3 Bids shall include the legal name and address of the Bidder and indicate ' whether the Bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or other legal entity. ' 0"" 00100 -3 05 -5564 Al 10 a. Individual - provide name and post office address. b. Partnership - provide name and post office address of each member of the partnership. C. Corporation - provide name and post office address of person signing the form and legal evidence of his authority to do so; names and addresses of the corporation president, secretary and treasurer; name of state where chartered; and affixed with the seal of the corporation, attested by the secretary. 8.4 Bids shall include documentation required by the Florida "Trench Safety Act." The Trench Safety Act form is included within the Bid Form Section for completion by the Contractor and review by the Owner. The unit prices presented in the Bid shall include the Bidders cost of compliance with the applicable trench safety standards. 8.5 All Unit Price Bids requested on the Bid Form shall be bid. BID SUBMITTAL 9.1 Submit one (1) original and five (5) copies of the Bid Form, the bid security, the list of Subcontractors, and other requested attachments, enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope, addressed to the entity receiving the bids as stated in the Advertisement for Bids. The envelope shall be further identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address, and the words "BID ENCLOSED ". 9.2 Deposit Bids at the designated location on or before the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bids received after the time and date indicated for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. BID SECURITY 10.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a cashiers check drawn on any State or National Bank in Florida, or an acceptable Bidders Bond, payable unconditionally to the Owner, in an amount of five percent (5 %) of the amount of the total Bid or $5,000.00, whichever is less. 10.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to enter into the Contract in accordance with his Bid, or failure to furnish the required bonds will be just cause for an annulment of the award with the amount of the bid security being forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. 10.3 Should a Bid Bond be used, acceptable surety companies shall be determined from the latest United States Treasury Department's list of companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds. Requirements for Acceptable Surety Companies are outlined in Item 15.4. 07/06 00100 -4 05 -5564 10.4 The Owner may retain the bid security of those Bidders to whom an award may be considered until successful execution of the Contract and bonds; or the specified time for holding bids has elapsed; or all Bids have been rejected. 1 1 . MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 1 1 .1 Prior to the time of bid opening, a Bidder may withdraw his Bid at any time, but may not resubmit it. Bids may not be modified after submittal. 11.2 After the bid opening, no Bid may be withdrawn, canceled or modified for a period of 90 days after the time and date designated for the receipt of bids. 12. OPENING OF BIDS 12.1 Bids submitted will be opened publicly and read aloud at the time and place stated in the Advertisement for Bids. 13. GOVERNING LAWS AND REGULATIONS 13.1 Bidders shall be familiar with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations that may in any way affect the Work. 13.2 Trench Safety Act: The Occupational Safety and Health Administration excavation safety standards, 29 CFR 1926.650 Subpart P trench safety standards will be in effect during the period of construction of the Project. In compliance with current State of Florida statutes, the Bidder shall provide documentation required by the Florida Trench Safety statute to the Owner, in conjunction with the Bid Form. 14. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 14.1 The Owner may incur financial loss if the Work is not substantially complete by the date set forth in the Agreement. The Contractor (and his Surety) shall be liable for liquidated damages in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions and the Agreement. 15. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 15.1 With the execution and delivery of the Contract, the Bidder shall furnish the following Surety bonds of the forms contained herein: a. Performance Bond guaranteeing full and faithful execution of the Work in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum, and including guaranteed repair and maintenance of all defects due to faulty materials and workmanship that appear within one year after completion of contract. 07/06 00100 -5 05 -5564 b. Labor and Material Payment Bond guaranteeing full and proper protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the Work ' in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum. 15.2 Bonds shall be executed by Surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and listed on the latest U.S. Treasury Department list of companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable sureties on Federal Bonds. ' 15.3 Bonds executed by an Attorney -in -Fact on behalf of the Surety, shall have affixed thereto a certified and current copy of Power of Attorney, indicating the monetary limit of such power. 15.4 Qualifications: As to companies being rated acceptable: 07/06 00100 -6 05 -5564 A Bid Bond and Performance and Payment Bond must be executed by a Surety Company of recognized standing, authorized to do business in the State of Florida and having been in business with a record of successful continuous operation for at least (5) years. In addition to the above - minimum qualifications, the Surety Company must meet the following additional qualifications. 1. The City will accept a surety bond from a company with a rating of ' B + + or better for bonds up to $1 million, provided, however, that if any Surety Company appears on the watch list that is published quarterly by Intercom of the Office of the Florida Insurance Commissioner, the City shall review and either accept or reject the Surety Company based on the financial information available to the City. A Surety Company that is rejected by the City may be substituted by the bidder or proposer with a surety company acceptable to the City, only if the bid amount does not increase. 07/06 00100 -6 05 -5564 a. The Surety Company shall have at least the following minimum ratings: Amount of Bond Policyholder's Rating Financial Size Category 100,000 to 1,000,000 B + + Class V or higher 1,000,001 to 2,000,000 A- Class VI or higher 2,000,001 to 5,000,000 A Class VII or higher ' b. All Surety Companies are subject to review and approval by the Owner and may be rejected without cause. All bonds signed by an Agency must be accompanied by a certificate of authority to act. 15.5 The Surety Company shall submit verification from the Department of Insurance Office of the Treasurer stating the surety company's license and certificate of authorization to do business in the State of Florida. 07/06 00100 -6 05 -5564 I 1 16. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 16.1 In conjunction with the Bid Form, Bidder shall submit a list of names of the subcontractors and major material suppliers proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Submit list on form provided by the Engineer. i16.2 Prior to award of Contract, the Owner will notify the Bidder in writing if they have an objection to any person or entity listed. Upon such reasonable objection, the Bidder shall propose an acceptable substitute person or entity in accordance with Article 6.06 of the General Conditions. 17. BID PROTEST 17.1 In the event of a timely protest, the City Manager or his /her designee shall stay the award of the contract unless, after consulting with the City ' Attorney and the affected director, he /she determines that the award of the contract without delay is necessary to protect substantial interests of the ' Owner. 17.2 The city shall require a deposit from a protester to compensate the Owner for the expenses of administering the protest. If the protest is decided in the protester's favor, the entire deposit shall be returned to the protester. If the protest is not decided in the protester's favor, the deposit shall be forfeited to the Owner. The deposit shall be in the form of a cashier's check and shall be in the amount of 1 % of the amount of the pending award, with a minimum deposit of $500 and a maximum deposit of $10,000. r18. CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION 18.1 Until final award of Contract, the Owner reserves the right to reject any and ' all Bids, with or without cause; to waive any informality or irregularity; or to accept the Bid which is in the best interest of the Owner. r18.2 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Total Base Bidder whose Bid is in conformance with the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. 18.3 Upon acceptance of a Bid and award of the Contract, the successful Bidder ' shall deliver the executed Contract, along with required bonds and any other items requested, to the Owner within 10 days. Failure to do so will be deemed as a breach of agreement by the Bidder and result in forfeiture of bid security as described in the Instructions to Bidders. 18.4 The Owner reserves the right to hold all proposals and bid guarantees for a period not to exceed 90 days after the date of bid opening stated in the Advertisement for Bids. 07/06 00100 -7 05 -5564 1 1 1 F' I� 1 I' 1 18.5 The award of the contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest responsible total base bidder whose qualifications indicate the award will be to the best interest of the Owner and whose proposal shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Time is of the essence for this project and the time limits set in the proposal, if set by the bidder, will be accorded weight by the Owner in the determination of the best proposal. In no case will the award be made until all necessary investigations have been made into the responsibility of the low bidder and the Owner is satisfied that the bidder is qualified to do the Work and have the necessary organization, capital and equipment to carry out the provisions of the contract to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time specified. 18.7 If the Contractor feels that a problem exists either prior to, or during the bid opening, he /she shall contact the City (within 24 hours of the bid opening) and follow the City's current policy for bid protests. 18.8 The Owner reserves the right to award as a total contract any combination of the Unit Price Bid Schedule Items that would be in the best interest of the Owner. 19. CASH ALLOWANCES 19.1 The Bidder is advised that a space is provided in the Bid Form, Document 00300, for this purpose only. The Contractor shall not proceed on any additional work to be covered by allowances until authorized in writing by the Engineer. Such work shall be approved by the Owner, shall be within the scope of work defined by this Contract and shall not exceed the amount indicated in the Bid Form. Any amount remaining in the Cash Allowance will be retained by the Owner. END OF DOCUMENT 1 07/06 00100 -8 05 -5564 SECTION 00300 BID FORM ' Bid of Address Phone To furnish all materials, equipment and labor and to perform all work in accordance with the Contract Documents for construction of: PROJECT NAME located in the CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH. ' To: CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH 18070 Collins Avenue, Suite 250 ' Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160 The undersigned Bidder has carefully examined the Bidding Documents and the site of the proposed work and is familiar with the nature and extent of the work and any local tconditions that may in any manner affect the work to be done. The undersigned Bidder agrees to do all the work and furnish all materials called for by the Bidding Documents, in the manner prescribed therein and to the standards of quality and performance established by the Engineer for the unit price amounts stated in the spaces herein provided, for each of the items or combination of items stipulated. Unit price line ' items shall include cost of implementing all applicable safety requirements. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities scheduled are approximated for the sole purpose of obtaining comparative bids for determination of the lowest responsible bidder and actual quantities required may increase or decrease. Bidder further agrees that payments will be made on the basis of actual quantities placed and accepted in the construction 1 Irk 1 07/06 00300 -1 05 -5564 TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE Item Estimated No. Description Quantity Unit Unit Price Estimated Amount 1. Furnish and install concrete entry sign, including but not limited to, columns, footings, concrete, reinforcement, finishes, logo, lettering, permitting and testing. 2. Furnish and install concrete pavers. 3. Furnish and install in- ground lighting, including but not limited to, trenching, backfilling, conduits, electrical connections, installation of sod and testing. 4. Tree relocation, removal and replacement of plant material and installation of palms. 5. Irrigation restoration including repairs and adjustments to all disturbed areas and testing. 6. Mobilization and demolition of all equipment and personnel. SUBTOTAL GENERAL GRAND TOTAL (Items 1 -6) (Authorized Signature) 1 LS 104 SF 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS $ (Written) (Date) 07/06 00300 -2 05 -5564 ' BID SECURITY Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or a bid bond in the amount of $ ' 5% of the bid or $5,000.00, whichever is less made payable to the Owner which may be forfeited as liquidated damages if, in the event this proposal is accepted, the undersigned fails to execute the Agreement and furnish and pay for the required performance and Ipayment bonds for the Owner within 10 days after acceptance of the Bid; otherwise said certified or cashier's check or bid bond will be returned to the undersigned. ' The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days after the date of written Notice to Proceed, and further agrees to substantially complete the work within 120 consecutive calendar days after the date of written Notice to Proceed, subject to such extensions of time allowed by the Conditions of the Contract. The undersigned Bidder also agrees to complete the entire work within 150 days after the tContract time commences to run. The undersigned Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a ' period of 60 days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned agrees to forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for each calendar day elapsing between the date established as the date of substantial completion and the actual date of such substantial completion of the contract work, the amount of $500.00 per calendar day. The undersigned further agrees to forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for each calendar day elapsing between the date established as the date of final completion and the actual date of final completion of the contract work, the amount of $500.00 per calendar day. 07/06 00300 -3 05 -5564 ADDENDA Bidder acknowledges the receipt of Addendum No.'s 1. , 2. , 3. , 4. , 5 Dated this day of (month) (year) Contractor: Address: SEAL Attachments: Subcontractor List Bid Security Trench Safety Act documentation END OF DOCUMENT 07/06 00300 -4 05 -5564 DOCUMENT 00401 BID BOND BIDDER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH 18070 Collins Avenue Sunnv Isles Beach, Florida 33160 BID BID DUE DATE: PROJECT (Brief Description including Location): BOND BOND NUMBER: DATE: (Not later than Bid Due Date): PENAL SUM: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title Attest: (Seal) Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Attest: (Seal) Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Signature and Title Signature and Title Note: (1) Above addresses are to be used for giving required notice. (2) Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. Bid Bond 00401 -1 J 0 1 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder any difference between the total amount of Bidder's bid and the total amount of the bid of the next lowest, responsible and responsive bidder as determined by Owner for the Work required by the Contract Documents, provided that: 1.1. If there is no such next lowest, responsible and responsive bidder, and Owner does not abandon the Project, then Bidder and Surety shall pay to Owner the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond, and 1.2. In no event shall Bidder's and Surety's obligation hereunder exceed the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents. This obligation shall be null and void if: 3.1. Owner accepts Bidder's bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents, or 3.2. All bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3. Owner fails to issue a notice of award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default by Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. IBid Bond 5. Surety waives notice of and any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue notice of award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing notice of award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid Due Date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default, as required in Paragraph 4 above, is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after Bid Due Date. 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre -paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable provision of any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. 11. The term "bid" as used herein includes a bid, offer or proposal as applicable. 00401 -2 t 1 t 1 1 SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND SWORN TO IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICIAL AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. This sworn statement is submitted to by for [print name of the public entity] [print individual's name and title] [print name of entity submitting sworn statement] whose business address is and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: ) I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statues, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 4. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or 2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 5. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. Form PUR 7068 (Rev. 06/11/92) 00402 -1 6. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Indicate which statement applies] Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor ' any affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, ' partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July ' 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. [attach a copy of the final order] I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION ' 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. rSworn to and subscribed before me this day of ' Personally known OR Produced identification I (Type of identification) 1 Form PUR 7068 (Rev. 06/11/92) 00402 -2 [signature] 20_ Notary Public - State of My commission expires (Printed typed or stamped commissioned name of notary public) 1 DOCUMENT 00403 TRENCH SAFETY ACT (90 -96, Laws of Florida) Bidder acknowledges that included in the appropriate bid items of the proposal and in the Total Bid Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90 -96, Laws of Florida) effective October 1, 1990. The bidder further identifies the costs of such compliance to be summarized below: ' Trench Safety Unit of Unit Unit Extended Measure Measure (Quantity) Cost Cost (Description) (LFSF) A. B. 1 C. Total $ If applicable, the Contractor certifies that all trench excavation done within his control in excess of five feet in depth shall be in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation's Special Provisions Article 125 -1 and Subarticle 125 -4.1 (TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM AND SHORING, SPECIAL - TRENCH EXCAVATION). Failure to complete the above may result in the bid being declared non - responsive. Contractor agrees that the above safety compliances and costs are included in his bid package. Signature of Bidding Contractor END OF DOCUMENT 07/06 00403 -1 05 -5564 DOCUMENT 00420 INFORMATION REQUIRED FROM BIDDERS GENERAL INFORMATION The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Failure to comply with this requirement may cause its rejection. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. 1. Contractor's Name /Address: 2. Contractor's Telephone Number: 3. Contractor's License: Primary Classification: 4. Number of years as a Contractor in construction work of the type involved in this Contract: 5. List the names and titles of all officers of Contractor's firm: 6. Name of person who inspected site or proposed work for your firm: Name: Date of Inspection: 7. What is the last project of this nature you have completed? 8. Have you ever failed to complete work awarded to you; if so, where and why? 07/06 00420 -1 05 -5564 9. Name three individuals or corporations for which you have performed work and to which you refer: 10. List the following information concerning all contracts on hand as of the date of submission of this proposal. (In case of co- venture, list the information for all co- ventures). NAME TOTAL CONTRACTED % OF CONTRACT DATE OF COMPLETION PROJECT CITY VALUE COMPLETION TO DATE (Continue list on inset sheet, if necessary) 11. What equipment do you own that is available for the work? 12. What equipment will you purchase for the proposed work? NOTE: Attach additional sheets if required. If requested by the City, the Bidder shall furnish a notarized financial statement, references and other information, sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition. 07/06 00420 -2 05 -5564 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder SHALL list below the name and address of each Subcontractor who will perform work under this Contract in excess of one -half percent of the total bid price, and shall also list the portion of the work which will be done by such Subcontractor. After the opening of Proposals, changes or substitutions will be allowed with written approval of the City of Sunny Isles Beach. Subcontractors must be properly licensed. Work to be Performed Subcontractor's Name /Address NOTE: Attach additional sheets if required. 07/06 00420 -3 05 -5564 1. 2. r 3. 4. ' S. ' 6. ' 7. 8. ' 9. 10. NOTE: Attach additional sheets if required. 07/06 00420 -3 05 -5564 1 EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE J t Imo) LJ I THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the between CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). day of in the year 20_ by and (hereinafter called OWNER) and OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Article 2. ENGINEER. The Project has been designed by: who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER'S representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. IArticle 3. CONTRACT TIMES. 3.1. The work will be substantially completed within 120 calendar days after the date when I the Contract Times commence to run completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within 150 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER One Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 dollars ($1500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for each Substantial ' Completion date until the Work is substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the project by the project completion date within the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER One Thousand and 00/100 ' dollars ($1000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for final payment. EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -1 ' Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. ' OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 4.1 below: FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT OF: TOTAL BASE BID (Lump sum, Unit prices, and contingency items) (use words) ($ ) figures As provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classification are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.08 of the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in paragraph 1 1.03.6 of the General Conditions. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. ' CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments; Retainage. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended ' by ENGINEER, on or about the last day of each month during construction as provided in paragraphs 5.1.1. and 5.1.2. below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.07 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 90 % of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER, on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90 % (with the balance being retainage) of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by ' documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 of the EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -2 General Conditions and within Section 9 -6.5 partial payments as provided in FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. 5.1.2. When circumstances beyond the CONTRACTORS control arise (as determined by the OWNER) the OWNER may allow the total payment to the CONTRACTOR to increase to 98% of the contract price (with the balance being retainage), less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, only after receipt of the final as- builts and upon substantial completion of the project and in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 5.2. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. Article 6. INTEREST. (Not Applicable) Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including the Addenda listed in paragraph 8) and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents including "technical data." I L v 7.2. CONTRACTOR has visited the site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.3. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. 7.4. CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2.1. of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC -4.2 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extend of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR's purposes. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all such additional supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -3 I 7.5. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 7.6. CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Contract Documents. 7.7. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 9, inclusive). 8.2. Exhibits to this Agreement (page) A inclusive). 8.3. Performance, Payment, and other Bonds, identified as exhibits 00600 and 00601 and consisting of 4 pages. 8.4. Notice to Proceed. 8.5. General Conditions (pages 00700 -1 to 00700 -41, inclusive). 8.6. Supplementary Conditions (pages 00800 -1 to 00800 -7, inclusive) and any amendments thereto. 8.7. Specifications bearing the title Town Center Park Entry Sign and consisting of 16 divisions. 8.8. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as specified in the Drawing Index INX -1. 8.9. Addenda inclusive. 8.10. CONTRACTOR's Bid. 8.11. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages N/A to N/A inclusive). 8.12. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. 8.13 Amendments and Additions to the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract and the Supplementary Conditions, identified as exhibits and and consisting of _ pages. EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -4 The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 13. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ' Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General 1 Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party thereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such ' consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4. Any provisions or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provisions or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 9.5. OTHER PROVISIONS. 9.5.1. DRAWINGS DESCRIPTION SHEET NO. ' See Document 0004 9.5.2. In accordance with the indemnification provision contained in the General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and save harmless the CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, and their agents and employees, from or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or person during or on account of any operations connected with the construction of all Work; or by or in consequence of any negligence in connection with the same; or by use of any improper materials or by or on account of any act or omission of the said Contractor, subcontractor, agents, servants, or employees; and ' 9.5.3. The CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain in force at all times during the life of the construction, public liability insurance, by separate certificate, in an amount not less than $ 1,000,000 for injuries, including willful death, to any one person and subject to those same limits for each person, in an amount not less that $1,000,000 for damages as a result of each occurrence and property damage insurance and in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for IEJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -5 t damages on any one occurrence. Such policy shall specifically protect the CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, AND their agents and employees, by making them an additional insured, and shall not be modified or canceled without thirty (30) days written notice to the CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH. 9.5.4 Should the final completion and acceptance of the work herein embraced together with any modification or additions be delayed beyond the time herein set because of lace of performance by the Contract, it is understood and agreed that aside from any other liquidated damage per day for such delay from such time until the work is completed and accepted as herein provided, all costs of engineering and inspection on behalf of the Owner will be charged to the contractor and deducted from any estimate or payment otherwise due and payable to him from time to time. The costs of engineering and inspection which may be charged to the Contractor by the Owner under this article shall be equal to the Engineer's charges to the Owner. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in Five (5) parts. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initialed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or identified by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on 20_ (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). ATTEST: [CORPORATE SEAL] Address for giving notices By [CORPORATE SEAL] License No. Agent for service of process (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attached evidence of authority to sign). 1 EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -6 SIGNATURE PAGE FOR CONTRACTS /AGREEMENTS CITY EXECUTIONS IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this (Agreement or Contract) on the respective dates under each signature: City of Sunny Isles Beach through its City Commission, signing by and through its Mayor, authorized to execute same by Commission action on the day of and CONTRACTOR authorized to execute same. CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, through its City Commission ATTEST: By: Norman S. Edelcup, Mayor Jane Hines, City Clerk Approved as to form and legality by By: Office of the City Attorney NO Hans Ottinot, City Attorney day of 12006 day of 12006 John A. Szerlag, City Manager day of 2006 (CITY SEAL) EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -7 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL l certify that I am the of and that who signed the Bid with City of Sunny Isles, Dade County Florida for City Bid No. is of said Corporation with full authority to sign said Bid on behalf of the Corporation. Signed and sealed this day of , 20 (SEAL) Signature Typed w/Title STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF DADE SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this _ day of 20_ My Commission Expires: Notary Public EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -8 CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED CORPORATE PERSONNEL l certify that I am the of who signed the Bid with City of Sunny Isles Beach, Dade County Florida for the project titled Consultant Project No. , and that the following persons have the authority to sign payment requests on behalf of the Corporation: (Signature) (Typed Name w /Title) (Signature) (Typed Name w/Title) (Signature) Signed and sealed this day of (SEAL) M (Typed Name w/Title) Signature Typed w /Title STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF DADE SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me this _ day of 20_ My Commission Expires: Notary Public EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500 -9 I1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EJCDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT C1P10iI13[s. I Construction Payment Bond 1 Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. 1 CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): 1 OWNER (Name and Address): 1 CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH 18070 Collins Avenue 1 Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160 1 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: $ 1 Description (Name and Location): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN 1 City of Sunny Isles Beach BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): 1 Amount: $ Modifications to this Bond Form: 1 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL 1 Company Signature: 1 Name and Title: ' CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company Signature: Name and Title: 1 (Corp. Seal) (Corp. Seal) SURETY Company Signature: Name and Title: SURETY Company Signature: Name and Title: 1 00600 -1 EJCDC No. 1910 -28B (1984 Edition) 1 Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. (Corp. Seal) (Corp. Seal) 1 r� t 1. The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1. Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2. Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from all claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: 1. Have furnished written notice to the Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed: and 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly: and 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5. If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6. When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1. Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8. Amounts owned by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to relate subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2 (iii), or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be acceptable. 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is, that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15. DEFINITIONS 15.1. Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2. Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3.Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (FOR INFORMATION ONLY —Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): 00600 -2 EJCDC No. 1910 -28B (1984 Edition) 'Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. Construction Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor , Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. ICONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): r OWNER (Name and Address): CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH '18070 Collins Avenue, Suite 250 Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160 ' CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: $ Description (Name and Location): TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN City of Sunny Isles Beach BOND ' Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: $ Modifications to this Bond Form: ' CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company (Corp. Seal) Company ' Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: 'CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company (Corp. Seal) Company Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: ' 00601 -1 EJCDC No. 1910 -28A (1984 Edition) Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated 'General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. (Corp. Seal) (Corp. Seal) �1 7 J �r7 LJI I I . The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3. If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1. The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below, that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default: and 3.2. The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Subparagraph 3.1: and 3.3. The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: 4.1. Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract: or 4.2. Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors: or 4.3. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default: or 4.4. Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the Owner: or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefor. 5. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6. After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for: 6.1. The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract: 6.2. Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4: and 6.3. Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non - performance of the Contractor. 7. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. 8. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 10. Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12. Definitions. 12.1. Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 12.2. Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3. Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4. Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (FOR INFORMATION ONLY —Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): 00601 -2 EJCDC No. 1910 -28A (1984 Edition) Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee, The Associated 'General Contractors of America, American Institute of Architects, American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. DOCUMENT 00650 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CONFORMANCE WITH O.S.H.A. STANDARDS TO THE CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH We acknowledge and agree that as contractors for the construction of the "TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN ", that we have the sole responsibility for compliance with all requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and all State and Local Safety and Health regulations, and agree to indemnify and hold harmless the City of Sunny Isles Beach, and Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc., Consulting Engineers against any and all legal liability or loss the District or the Engineer may incur due to failure to comply with such act. 07/06 ATTEST ATTEST By: Title: DATE END OF DOCUMENT 00650 -1 CONTRACTOR 05 -5564 F1 J This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. ' STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS ' OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ' Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By 1 AC E C ASCEof National Society of gmerican Society Professional Engineers Civil Engineers AMERICAN COI!\'CIL OF E.NGINEERING COMMNIFS Professional Engineers in Private Practice PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by r The Associated General Contractors of America 010,"Wwrb Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Construction Specifications Institute EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-1 Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191 -4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C -520 or C -525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C -001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C -800) (2002 Edition). EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-2 ITABLE OF CONTENTS Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ' 00700-3 Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .............................................................................. ............................... 6 ' 1.01 1.02 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................... ............................... Terminology ............................................................................................................................... ..............................8 6 ARTICLE2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................. ..............................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .......................................................................... ............................... 9 1 2.02 2.03 Copies of Documents ................................................................................................................ ............................... Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................ ............................... 9 9 2.04 Starting the Work ....................................................................................................................... ..............................9 ' 2.05 2.06 Before Starting Construction .................................................................................................... ............................... Preconstruction Conference ..................................................................................................... ............................... 9 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................ ............................... 9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ....................................... ............................... 10 3.01 3.02 Intent ......................................................................................................................................... .............................10 Reference Standards ............................................................................................................... ............................... 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................. ............................... 10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .............................................................. ............................... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................ ............................... 1 1 3.06 Electronic Data ....................................................................................................................... ............................... 1 1 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL 4.01 CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................. ............................... Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................... ............................... I 1 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ...................................................................................... ............................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ......................................................................... ............................... 12 4.04 Underground Facilities .......................................................................................................... ............................... 13 4.05 Reference Points ..................................................................................................................... ............................... 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .......................................................................... ............................... 13 ' ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE .............................................................................................. ............................... 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .............................................................................. ............................... 14 14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ............................................................................................... ............................... 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ......................................................................................................... ............................... 15 ' 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance ............................................................................................ ............................... 15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance ................................................................................................... ............................... 16 5.06 Property Insurance ................................................................................................................. ............................... 16 ' 5.07 5.08 Waiver of Rights ..................................................................................................................... ............................... Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds ..................................................................... ............................... 17 17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................................................ ............................... 17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ...................................................... ............................... 18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................... ............................... 18 ' 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ........................................................................................... ............................... 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ........................................................................................................... ............................... 18 6.03 6.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment ....................................................................................... ............................... Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................. ............................... 18 18 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals.. .................................................................................................. ............................... 19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................................................... ............................... 20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ...................................................................................................... ............................... 21 6.08 Permits ...................................................................................................................................... .............................21 6.09 Laws and Regulations ............................................................................................................... .............................21 ' 6.10 6.11 Taxes ......................................................................................................................................... .............................22 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................... ............................... 22 6.12 Record Documents .................................................................................................................. ............................... 22 6.13 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................ .............................22 6.14 Safety Representative .............................................................................................................. ............................... 23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ........................................................................................... .............................23 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ' 00700-3 t u F J 6.16 Emergencies .............................................................................................................................. .............................23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples .................................................................................................. ............................... 23 6.18 Continuing the Work ................................................................................................................. .............................24 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .................................................................... ............................... 24 6.20 Indemnification ....................................................................................................................... ............................... 24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ........................................................................... ............................... 25 ARTICLE7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ............................................................................................ .............................25 7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................. .............................25 7.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................. .............................26 7.03 Legal Relationships .................................................................................................................. .............................26 ARTICLE8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................... .............................26 8.01 Communications to Contractor .............................................................................................. ............................... 26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer .......................................................................................................... .............................26 8.03 Furnish Data ............................................................................................................................. .............................26 8.04 Pay When Due ........................................................................................................................ ............................... 26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ............................................................................... ............................... 26 8.06 Insurance ................................................................................................................................ ............................... 26 8.07 Change Orders ....................................................................................................................... ............................... 26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approval s ........................................................................................... ............................... 26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities .................................................................................. .............................27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ................................................................... .............................27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ....................................................................................... .............................27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... .............................27 9.01 Owner's Representative ............................................................................................................ .............................27 9.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................ ............................... 27 9.03 Project Representative .............................................................................................................. .............................27 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ............................................................................................... ............................... 27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ....................................................................................................... ............................... 27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ....................................................................... .............................28 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work ...................................................................................... ............................... 28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ...................... .............................28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ....................................................... .............................28 ARTICLE10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS .............................................................................. .............................28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................ ............................... 28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ ............................... 29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders .................................................................................................. ............................... 29 10.04 Notification to Sure ......• .............................29 10.05 Claims ....................................................................................................................................... .............................29 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work ................................................. ............................... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .............................30 11.02 Allowances ................................................................................................................................ .............................31 11.03 Unit Price Work ...................................................................................................................... ............................... 31 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ........................ .............................32 12.01 Change of Contract Price ....................................................................................................... ............................... 32 12.02 Change of Contract Times ........................................................................................................ .............................33 12.03 Delays ....................................................................................................................................... .............................33 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ......33 13.01 Notice of Defects ....................................................................................................................... .............................33 13.02 Access to Work .......................................................................................................................... .............................33 13.03 Tests and Inspections .............................................................................................................. ............................... 33 13.04 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... ............................... 34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ...................................................................................................... ............................... 34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work .............................................................................. ............................... 34 13.07 Correction Period ................................................................................................................... ............................... 34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .................................................................................................. .............................35 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ...................................................................................... ............................... 35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ............................................... ............................... 36 14.01 Schedule of Values .................................................................................................................. ............................... 36 14.02 Progress Payments ................................................................................................................. ............................... 36 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title ................................................................................................. .............................37 14.04 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................... ............................... 37 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-4 ' 14.05 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... .............................38 14.06 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................ .............................38 14.07 14.08 Final Payment ........................................................................................................................... .............................38 Final Completion Delayed ...................................................................................................... ............................... 39 14.09 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................... ............................... 39 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ........................................................... .............................39 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................................................................... ............................... 39 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ........................................................................................... ............................... 39 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................. .............................40 ' 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ................................................................................. .............................40 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ................................................................................................... .............................41 16.01 Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................................ ............................... 41 ARTICLE17 - MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................................................................ .............................41 17.01 Giving Notice ............................................................................................................................ .............................41 17.02 Computation of Times ............................................................................................................. ............................... 41 17.03 Cumulative Remedies .............................................................................................................. ............................... 41 17.04 17.05 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................. .............................41 Controlling Law ........................................................................................................................ .............................41 17.06 Headings ........................................................................................... .............................41 �I 11 t t EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ' 00700-5 fl II�II r1 FJ 1 n J r- 1 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda -- Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - -The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment- -The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos - -Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid - -The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder - -The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents - -The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements - -The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order - -A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim - -A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract - -The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents -- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price - -The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times - -The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) com- plete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor - -The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work - -See Paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 17. Drawings- -That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement - -The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer - -The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-6 F� �L� 11 11 1 1 J it 1 20. Field Order - -A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements -- Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition - -The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste - -The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens -- Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone - -A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. Notice of Award - -The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed - -A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- tract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner- -The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs -- Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum -- Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non- Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project - -The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual - -The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material -- Source, special nucle- ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37. Resident Project Representative - -The autho- rized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples -- Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Schedule of Submittals - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 41. Shop Drawings - -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site - -Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 43. Specifications- -That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-7 L 1 �I r� 1 1� I 1 administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor - -An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion - -The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder - -The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47. Supplementary Conditions - -That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 48. Supplier - -A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49. Underground Facilities - -All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work - -Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work - -The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 52. Work Change Directive - -A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered ", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's - recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-8 1 s 1 1 1 E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- ments, words or phrases which have a well -known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-9 I 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ' 3.01 Intent it I A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respon- sibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambigu- ity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-10 J 1 t Fi b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in viola- tion of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or 3. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-11 fl 1 t 1 fl r-, 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connec- tion therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or E.JCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-12 r� 1 J F1 �I t c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- plementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Under- ground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright C 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-13 1 1 I I 1 FJ JJ 1 � I 1 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or re- vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the conse- quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds F. If after receipt of such written notice A. Contractor shall furnish performance and Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and resume such Work under such special conditions, then payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect area affected by such condition to be deleted from the until one year after the date when final payment becomes Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to due or until completion of the correction period specified EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright C 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-14 r 1 1 1 i 1 in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa- nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.13, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.13 and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as addi- tional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-15 s 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims - made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all- risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifi- cally required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; Owner; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certifi- cates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accor- dance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-16 I f FI r� L 1 deductible amounts that are identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.13. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order . B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. if either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non - conformance with the Contract EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-17 I 1 1 L' 1 1 �11 Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.13. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good disci- pline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright rO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-18 t i 1 1 e I 1 I u 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjust- ments will comply with any provisions of the General Re- quirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or- equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or- equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or- equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substi- tute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will preju- dice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-19 LEI t 1 I I c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in con- nection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B. Substitute Construction Methods or Proce- dures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13 Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or- equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reason- able objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall consti- tute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-20 t �I t t or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities per- forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifica- tions and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcon- tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appro- priate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applica- ble to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-21 t it 1 it .J t 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the com- pletion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engi- neer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precau- tions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw- EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-22 ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for ' safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.13 that the Work is acceptable t t t 1 (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordi- nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protec- tion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals , any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-23 u t �I t with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submit- ted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 rational Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-24 t Ffl u �L� n arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employ- ee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-25 t 1 I t t 11 properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Condi- tions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibili- ties will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph TOLA shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- ance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.13. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-26 it 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at inter- vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-27 fl t t J L11 t �1 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.13. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be respon- sible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the require- ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsi- bility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-28 L� t r f] 11 t t promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.13. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropri- ate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.0I.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.1) will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-29 F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.0I.B. 1 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by 1 Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of I performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make pay- , ments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the perfor- mance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equip- ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-30 5.06.13), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0l.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 1 1.0I.A and 11.0I.B. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost -plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.0 LA and 11.0 LB, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-31 times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and signifi- cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 .C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.13.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 1 1.0I.A.I and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.0l.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.I and 11.0I.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.13 ; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.0l.C.2.e, inclusive. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-32 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplat- ed by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.13 below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-33 n costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-34 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- moved and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take posses- sion of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values ' A. The Schedule of Values established as provid- ed in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- tion for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications I. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicat- ed; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsi- bilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-36 e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.13.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnish- ing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to set -off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or correct- ed) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-37 D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommen- dation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following condi- tions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.13.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral FJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright cU' 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-38 satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicat- ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and , will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjust- ment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-39 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.0l .A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.13, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-40 IARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.1) shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula- tions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warran- ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu- ments, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' Copyright 2u 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-41 SECTION 00800 FIRST AMENDED SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements modify, change from or add to the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, EJCDC Document 1910 -8, 1996 Edition. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY Add the following sentence to Paragraph 1.01 .28 entitled "Notice of Award ": "When requested by OWNER, the Notice of Award may be issued by the ENGINEER." Add the following sentence to Paragraph 1 .01 .29 entitled "Notice to Proceed ": "When requested by OWNER, the Notice to Proceed may be issued by ENGINEER." ' Add the following terms after Paragraph 1.01 50: 1.51 ARCHITECT /ENGINEER - The person, firm or corporation named as the tENGINEER in the Agreement. 1.52 Provide - As used in the Project Manual, means to furnish and install, ' complete and ready for intended use. 1.53 Product - As used in the Project Manual, includes materials, ' fabrications, systems and equipment. 1.54 Project Manual - The volume of written construction documents, ' including the Bidding Documents, sample forms, and the Contract Documents, such as the Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications. 1.55 Retainage - The percentage of the Contract Price, retained by Owner from the progress payments to the Contractor for Work performed until the Work is completed. It shall be payable to Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS Add the following to Paragraph 2.01: "If the Work is to be commenced prior to execution of the Agreement in response to a letter of intent, CONTRACTOR shall, prior to commencement tSUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -1 1 of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to OWNER that such bonds will be furnished." In the first line of Paragraph 2.02. change the term "...ten..." to read: "...sixl6l... ". Delete Paragraph 2.03. and replace with the following: "The date of commencement of the Work is the date estabished in a Notice to Proceed." Add the following to Paragraph 2.05.: "D. CONTRACTOR shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where specified, approved Shop Drawings for such portion of the Work. E. By executing the Contract, CONTRACTOR represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents." ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Add the following to Paragraph 3.02.A.: "3. Sections of Division One - General Requirements govern the execution of all sections of the Specifications." ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS In Paragraph 4.02.A., change the term "... Suppementary Conditions..." to read: "...bidding requirements... ". In Paragraph 4.02.8., change the term "Supplementary Conditions..." to read: "...bidding requirements... ". ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE In the first line of Paragraph 5.04., following the word "...maintain... ", insert the words: "...in a company or companies licensed to do business in the State of Florida,... ". SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -2 In the last line of Paragraph 5.04.A.6., following the word "...vehicle. ", insert the words: or arising out of operation of laws and regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property." Add the following after Paragraph 5.04.B.7.: 8. Include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: i. Premises Operations (including X, C and U coverages as applicable. ii. Independent contractor's Protective. iii. Products and Completed Operations. iv. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. V. Contractual Liability. vi. Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles. vii. Broad Form property Damage including Completed Operations. 9. Provide coverage for not less than the following amounts. a. Workers' Compensation, etc. under paragraphs 5.4.1 and 5.4.2: 1. State 2. Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoreman's and /or Maritime) 3. Employer's Liability b. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Article 5.4, which shall also include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of custody and control of Contractor: 1. General Aggregate (Except Products - Completed Operations) Including employers liability limits $1,000,000 each accident, $1,000,000 disease policy limit, $1,000,000 disease each employee Statutory $ 1,000,000.00 $ 1, 000, 000.00 2. Products - Completed Operations $ 1,000,000.00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -3 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.. 8. C. 1. OR 2 Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury (Per $ 1,000,000.00 Person /Organization) Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and $ 1,000,000.00 Property Damage) Property Damage liability insurance will $ 1,000,000.00 provide Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages where applicable. Professional Liability, Errors & $ 1,000,000.00 Omissions insurance for architects, engineers and other consulting professionals Excess Liability General Aggregate $ 1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000.00 Professional Liability Insurance, as it $ 1,000,000.00 applies Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.4.6: Bodily Injury: Each Person $ 1,000,000.00 Each Accident $ 1,000,000.00 Property Damage: Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000.00 Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit: Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000.00 Aggregate $ 1,000,000.00 d. Additional liability coverage for OWNER and ENGINEER shall be provided by endorsement as additional insureds on Contractor's General Liability Policy. Add the following names: OWNER - City of Sunny Isles Beach 18070 Collins Avenue Sunny Isles Beach, Florida 33160 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -4 J ENGINEER - Calvin, Giordano & Associates, Inc. Engineers, Planners & Surveyors 1800 Eller Drive, Suite 600 Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316 10. The additional liability coverage for ENGINEER is not to be construed as to requiring, in any way, that either OWNER or CONTRACTOR be obligated to supply insurance protecting ENGINEER for its liability emanating from professional errors or omissions. 11 In conformance with the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, the specific considerations for CONTRACTOR's promises are: a. One dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's employees to CONTRACTOR, receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged and the adequacy of which CONTRACTOR accepts as completely fulfilling the obligations of OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's employees under the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, and; b. The entry of OWNER and CONTRACTOR into the construction contract because, but for CONTRACTOR's promises as contained in the General Conditions, OWNER would not have entered into the construction contract with CONTRACTOR." Add the following after Paragraph 5.06.E: "F. The form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. G. If, under the provisions of this insurance, there are mandatory deductibles, or if OWNER elects to increase the mandatory deductibles or purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, then OWNER ' shall be responsible for payment of the full amount of the deductible in the event of a paid claim." ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Add the following after Paragraph 6.05.F: "G. The use of asbestos or asbestos -based fiber materials is prohibited in this Project." Add the following after Paragraph 6.08: "6.08.A. The OWNER will secure and pay for only the following governmental charges and inspection fees: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -5 [J 1 a. special assessments, b. capital connection fees, c. threshold and special inspection fees, d. permanent utility meter installation fees, e. permanent utility hook -up fees, and f. impact fees. 6.08.6. CONTRACTOR shall pay for all building permits and charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER will pay charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees." Add the following after the last sentence in Paragraph 6.10: In accordance with Exhibit A hereto, entitled Tax Exemption Agreement to Contract, the Owner may directly purchase all materials and equipment identified in the Contract Documents for incorporation into the Project ( "Owner- Provide Materials "). Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 6.12. and substitute the following: "These shall be available to ENGINEER for examination during construction and shall be delivered "to ENGINEER for OWNER upon Substantial Completion of the Work." At the end of Paragraph 6.13.6, add the following sentences: "The Occupational Safety and Health Administration excavation safety standards, 29 CFR 1926.650 Subpart P trench safety standards are in effect during the period of construction of the Project. In compliance with current State of Florida statutes, the Contractor or subcontractor performing trench excavation work on the Project shall comply with the applicable trench safety standards." In the sixth line of Paragraph 6.20.A., change the parenthetical insert to read as follows: "...(including but not limited to fees and charges of ENGINEER, other engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, particularly including, but not limited to reasonable ENGINEER's attorney's fees, and court costs)... ". ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Change the first sentence of Paragraph 9.01 A. to read as follows: "If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -6 1 1 JI ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS Add the following: "10.06. Without invalidating the agreement, Owner may, at any time execute appropriate Change Orders for additions and /or deletions in the work of up to 25% of the total contract amount, without a change in the contract unit prices bid." ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Replace 13.03.8. with: "All testing shall be paid for by the Contractor." Add the following sentence to Paragraph 13.07.A.: "Specific and special warranties specified in the Contract Documents are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the contractors general warranty. CONTRACTOR shall not be relieved of general warranty obligations by the specification of specific products or procedures." 13.09. In the first sentence of the paragraph OWNER, change the first line from "If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice of Engineer..." to read: "If Contractor fails within ten (10) calendar days after written notice of Engineer..." ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION In the first sentence of Paragraph 14.02.A.1., change the phrase "At least twenty days before each progress payment is scheduled (but not more often than once a month), ..." to read: ' "By no later than the first day of the month, ... ". 1 1 Following Paragraph 14.02.A.3 add: 4. An original Partial Release of Lien is required from the General Contractor along with the application for Payment No. 1 and for each subsequent application thereafter. For each application for payment (excluding Application No. 1 ) the Contractor shall submit with the application Partial Releases of Liens for all Notice to Owners that have been received for the project by the Owner and Engineer ". SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -7 r� 1 0 0 VA LO a) 03 c) With each Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit supporting records and other evidence, in a form and amount acceptable to the City and the Engineer, to demonstrate the expenses incurred and the Work performed. This shall include, but not be limited to documentation related to the purchase of Owner - Provided Material and the reduction in the Contract Sum as a result of such expenditures. Each application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire guaranteed maximum Contract Price among the various portions of the Work, except that the Contractor's Fee shall be shown as a separate item. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Engineer may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Engineer, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. Applications for payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. The percentage of completion shall be the lesser of: (1) the percentage of that portion of the Work which has actually been completed; or (2) the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the expense that has actually been incurred by the Contractor on account of that portion of the Work for which the Contractor has made or intends to make actual payment prior to the next Application for Payment by (b) the share of the Contract Price allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values. Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of progress payments shall be computed as follows: take that portion of the Contract Price properly allocable to the computed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work in the schedule of values. Pending final determination of the costs to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included in the Application for Payment along with Change Order, Work Change Directive or Written Amendment indicating the parties' agreement with all or part of such costs for additional Work. add the portion of the Contract Price properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work, or, if approved in advance by Owner, suitably stored off -site at a location agreed upon in writing. add the Contractor's Fee, less the ten percent (10 %) Retainage. The Contractor's Fee shall be computed upon the Cost of the Work described in the preceding clauses at the rate in accordance with Paragraph 11.01.0 or, if the Contractor's Fee is stated as a fixed sum, then it shall be an amount that SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -8 �_l u n 1 bears the same ratio to that fixed -sum fee as the Cost of the Work in the two preceding clauses bears to a reasonable estimate of the probable Cost of Work upon completion. d) subtract the aggregate of the previous payments made by the Owner; e) subtract the shortfall, if any, indicated by the Contractor in the supporting records and other evidence as mutually agreed between the Owner or Engineer and Contractor to demonstrate expenditures incurred to substantiate prior Applications for Payment, or resulting from errors subsequently discovered by Owner, or designee; f) subtract the amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified Certificate for Payment in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents." In Paragraph 14.02.B., change the beginning of the sentence:from "Ten days..." to read: "Forty -five days... ... In Paragraph 14.02.C.1, insert the following: 2. The Contractor shall promptly pay each subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Subsubcontractors, if such Subsubcontractors are permitted by the Contract Documents, to make payments to Subsubcontractors in the same manner. 3. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer shall have an obligation to pay or see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as provided by law. 4. Payment by Contractor to material suppliers shall be treated in the manner as provided in Paragraph 14.02.C.2. 5. Except with the Owner's prior approval, payments to Subcontractors shall be subject to Retainage of not less than ten percent (10 %). The Owner and the Contractor shall agree upon a mutually acceptable procedure for review and approval of payments and retention for Subcontractors. 6. Upon mutual agreement by Owner and Contractor, payment in full may be made to those Subcontractors whose Work is fully completed during the early stages of the Project. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 14.02.A.8 and 14.02.C.5 above, at such times as the Work as set forth in the schedule of values has been 50% completed, and upon mutual agreement of the Owner and Contractor, no further Retainage shall be withheld from progress payments with respect to such portion of the Work. Agreement as to any such reduction in retained amounts will not SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -9 constitute a waiver of or otherwise prejudice the Owner's right to subsequently reinstate full retainage, as to that subcontractor, should circumstances justify such action in the Owner's sole judgment. 7. Upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work of the Contractor, a sum, sufficient to increase payments to the Contractor to one hundred ' percent (100 %) of the Contract Sum, less amounts, if any for incomplete Work and unsettled claims, shall be paid to Contractor with the next sequential payment application after Substantial Completion is obtained. Delete Paragraph 14.05 and replace with the following: ' A. The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented by the insurer, in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.A.5 and as authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, Retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a comprehensive list to the Engineer of the items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. The Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasoanbaly withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, or if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Engineer. ' B. Immediately or prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or the portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. C. Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of the Work not complying with the Contract Documents." 1 After the least sentence in Paragraph 14.04.13, insert the following: "C. Once 1) the definitive certificate of completion has been issued to the Owner and the Contractor and 2) once consent of the surety, if any, has been obtained, the Owner shall make payment of Retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -10 C r� [I n adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents." After the last sentence in the Paragraph 14.04.13, insert the following: "Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Price, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Paragraphs 13.06 and 13.07, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment and after the Engineer sends written notice to Owner that the Work is acceptable and in accordance with Paragraphs 14.07.13 and 14.07.C." Delete Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and 14.07.A.3 insert the following: "The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise been satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to be expired until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (5) if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens, claims, security interests of encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner, (6) all documentation as required by the Contract Documents, and (7) acceptance by the Owner and governing agencies. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Owner may require that the Contractor furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, including all reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. The final payment will become due when the Contractor submits the information above to the Engineer." ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION In the twentieth line of Paragraph 15.02.6., insert the following after the words... such excess...; ": SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -11 ' (including but not limited to fees and charges of ENGINEER, other engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, particularly including, but not limited to reasonable Engineer's attorney's fees, and court costs)... ". ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ' Delete this Article in its entirety. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS Add 17.05.6: "The venue for any cause of action shall be Miami -Dade County." After Article 17 add the following article: ' ARTICLE 18 - OWNER- PROVIDED MATERIALS The Contractor and Owner desire to enter into an arrangement whereby certain purchases under the Contract may be made by the Owner as a result of Owner's status of being ' exempt from sales and use tax. 1 . Notwithstanding anything in the Contract to the contrary, the Owner shall directly purchase all materials and equipment identified in the Contract Documents as required for incorporation into the Project ( "Owner- Provided Materials "). The Owner does hereby grant to the Contractor the full authority as an agent of the Owner to ' prepare, place and execute Purchase Orders for and in the name of the Owner for all Owner- Provided Materials. The Contractor as agent of the Owner shall sign such Purchase Orders. 2. The Owner will be liable for the timely payment for all Owner - Provided Materials. The Contractor will submit requisitions for orders of Owner- Provided Materials to the Owner for approval when required. Vendors will render statements ( "OPM Invoices ") to the Owner for any Owner- Provided Materials purchased. The Owner will provide copies of all OPM Invoices to the Contractor upon approval by the Owner. After reviewing the OPM Invoices, the Contractor will return these OPM Invoices with proper back up to the Owner for payment. The Owner shall make payment directly to the respective vendors as provided in the OPM Invoices. The Owner will send such vendor payments along with Contractor payment to the Contractor who will, as Owner's agent, distribute such vendor payments to the respective vendors in return for Releases of Lien. The Owner will provide Contractor with any tax exemption certificates or other documents required or useful to provide to the vendors of Owner- Provided Materials to evidence the tax - exempt status of the Owner. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -12 1 3. The Contract Price and shall be reduced by the sum of all Costs of the Work paid by the Owner for Owner- Provided Materials plus any applicable sales and use tax ' amounts initially included in the Contract Sum and GMP for such Owner- Provided Materials. 4. The Contractor shall maintain separate accounting records for all transactions carried out under the authority of this Agreement. Such records shall be open to the Owner during normal business hours of the Contractor. ' 5. The Contractor shall select, obtain approvals, submit samples, price shop drawings, pursue, receive, inspect, and accept or reject all Owner - Provided Materials purchased in the manner described herein per the Contract. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the proper installation of all Owner - Provided Materials and will continue to warrant its installation of these Owner - Provided Materials as provided in the Contract. This Agreement will not be an acceptable excuse for delay to the construction schedule. 6. The authority granted the Contractor hereunder may be revoked by the Owner at any time upon written notice delivered to the Contractor at its offices at:: during normal business hours. 7. The Owner agrees that the Contractor's Fee as set forth in the Contract shall not be reduced as a result of any Owner- Provided Materials deduct change orders; i.e., the Contractor's Fee shall continue to apply to the total sum of all remaining Costs of ' the Work plus the costs of all Owner - Provided Materials and plus the applicable tax amounts. Likewise, all agreed charging rates based on the Contract Price, including without limitation for bonds and insurance, shall continue to be charged based on the total sum of the Contract Price amount plus the costs of all Owner - Provided Materials and plus the applicable tax amounts." IEND OF DOCUMENT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -13 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this First Amended Supplemental Conditions on the respective dates under each signature: City of Sunny Isles Beach through its City Commission, signing by and through its Mayor, authorized to execute same by Commission action on the day of , ; and CONTRACTOR authorized to execute same. ATTEST: Jane Hines, City Clerk Approved as to form and legality by Office of the City Attorney By: Hans Ottinot, City Attorney ATTEST: [CORPORATE SEAL] Address for giving notices CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH, through its City Commission By: Norman S. Edelcup, Mayor day of 2006 By: John A. Szerlag, City Manager day of ,2006 By [CORPORATE SEAL] License No. Agent for service of process (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attached evidence of authority to sign). day of ,2006 (CITY SEAL) SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ISUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -15 SECTION 00900 Addendum No. 1 to Contract documents CITY OF SUNNY ISLES BEACH TOWN CENTER PARK ENTRY SIGN CGA PROJECT NO. 05 -5564 CITY BID NO. 06 -06 -03 To All Bidders: Bidders for the above - referenced project shall take note of the following changes, additions, deletions, clarifications, etc. to the Plans and Specifications, which in accordance with the Contract Documents shall become a part of and have precedence over anything shown or described otherwise. All other documents, specifications, drawings, terms and conditions remain the same. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of Addendum on Page 00300 -3. 07/06 END OF SECTION 900 -1 05 -5564 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Contractor use of site. B. Location of Work. C. Description of Work. D. Work Sequence. E. Owner Occupancy. 1.02 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. Limit use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by others and Owner. 1.03 LOCATION OF WORK The work is located at the intersection of Collins Avenue (SR A1A) and NE 172nd Street, in the community of Sunny Isles Beach, Florida. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Construct concrete signs, and install pavers. B. Install lighting. C. Remove, relocate, and install plant material and irrigation equipment. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period, coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner. 1.06 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. The Owner may occupy portions of the premises during periods of 07/06 01010 -1 05 -5564 07/06 construction for beneficial occupancy. B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations. C. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01010 -2 05 -5564 J SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Other Division -1 Specification Sections. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for determining Work completed under unit price contract. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Lump Sum and unit prices shall include the providing of all costs required for the complete demolition as noted, construction of the specified unit of work including cost of materials and delivery; cost of installation labor, including social security, insurance, and other required fringe benefits, workman's compensation insurance; bond premiums; rental of equipment and machinery; taxes; testing; surveys and other incidental expenses; and supervision. B. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of completed work that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this Work measured by an independent surveyor acceptable to the Contractor at the Owner's expense. C. Contract Sum adjustments will be by Change Order on basis of net accumulative change for each unit price category. 1. Except as otherwise specified, unit prices shall apply to both deductive and additive variations of quantities. 2. Lump sum and unit prices in the Agreement shall remain in effect until date of final completion of the entire Work. D. Partial payment for material and equipment properly stored and protected will be made in accordance with requirements of the General Conditions. E. Payment will be made at the respective contract unit and lump sum price for each item shown in the Agreement, installed and accepted, which price 07/06 01025 -1 05 -5564 ' and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all Work in connection therewith and incidental thereto. ' No separate payment will be made for testing. F. Unit Price Abbreviations: 1. Lineal Feet - LF ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Furnish and Install Cast -in -Place Entry Sign ' 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing cast -in -place entry wall will be based upon a lump sum price for the entire wall constructed, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract ' Documents. 2. Payment for furnishing and installing cast -in -place entry wall will be ' made at the lump sum named in the Bid Schedule which price shall constitute full compensation for completing said work, including but not limited to all earthwork, compaction of subgrade, backfilling, ' construction of the entry wall, columns, disposal of excess material, bronze city seal and lettering, and the appurtenant items for which separate payment is not specifically included in the Bid Schedule. B. Furnish and Install Brick Pavers ' 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing brick pavers will be based upon the actual number of square feet of such pavers ' constructed as shown in the drawings, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 07/06 01025 -2 05 -5564 2. Acre - AC 3. Cubic Yard - CY 1 4. Square Yard - SY 5. Each - EA 6. Lump Sum - LS 7. Ton - TN 8. Net Mile - NM 9. Gross Mile - GM ' 10. Gallons - GA 11. Million Gallons - MG PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Furnish and Install Cast -in -Place Entry Sign ' 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing cast -in -place entry wall will be based upon a lump sum price for the entire wall constructed, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract ' Documents. 2. Payment for furnishing and installing cast -in -place entry wall will be ' made at the lump sum named in the Bid Schedule which price shall constitute full compensation for completing said work, including but not limited to all earthwork, compaction of subgrade, backfilling, ' construction of the entry wall, columns, disposal of excess material, bronze city seal and lettering, and the appurtenant items for which separate payment is not specifically included in the Bid Schedule. B. Furnish and Install Brick Pavers ' 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing brick pavers will be based upon the actual number of square feet of such pavers ' constructed as shown in the drawings, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 07/06 01025 -2 05 -5564 2. Payment for furnishing and installing brick pavers will be made at the unit price per square foot named in the Bid Schedule, which price shall constitute full compensation for completing said work, including all earthwork, compaction and stabilization of subgrade, disposal of excess material, protection of tress to remain, and the appurtenant ' items for which separate payment is not specifically included in the Bid Schedule. ' C. Furnish and Install in- ground lighting fixtures 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing in- ground 1 lighting fixtures will be based upon a lump sum price for the entire lighting system, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' 2. Payment for furnishing and installing in- ground lighting fixtures will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which price shall constitute full compensation for completing said work, including all earthwork, compaction and stabilization of subgrade, disposal of excess material, protection of trees to remain, replacement of sod, ' electrical conduit, electrical connections, and the appurtenant items for which separate payment is not specifically included in the Bid Schedule. 1 3. Connections shall be made in strict accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations. No separate payment shall be made for ' measures required for compliance with such regulations. D. Furnish and Install Palms, Tree Relocation, and Removal and 1 Replacement of Planting material (Landscaping) 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and installing landscaping will ' be based upon a lump sum price for the entire landscaping, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. I2. Payment for furnishing and installing landscaping will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which price shall constitute full compensation for completing said work, including but not limited to all earthwork, relocations, mulching, protection of trees to remain, installation of palms, removal and replacement of planting materials, and other appurtenances, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 07/06 01025 -3 05 -5564 1 ' E. Furnish and Install Restorative Irrigation System 1. Measurement for payment for furnishing and restoring the irrigation system will be based upon a lump sum price for the entire irrigation system restored, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for furnishing and restoring the irrigation system will be made at the lump sum named in the Bid Schedule, which price shall constitute full compensation for the construction of all components of the irrigation system restored, complete including but not limited to excavation, backfill and compaction, and all irrigation heads including all pipe, and other appurtenances, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Project Mobilization and Demobilization 1. The project mobilization and demobilization item shall be administered in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road & Bridge Construction (latest edition); MOBILIZATION. 2. The maximum amount allowed for the mobilization item shall be ten percent (10 %) of the total contract amount. ' 3. Mobilization includes, but is not limited to, mobilization of equipment, all surveying, all supervision, cost of all bonds and warranties, all ' permit fees, and all insurance. 3.02 PROTECTION ' A. Where pavement, trees, shrubbery, fences or other property or surface structures have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor, whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the Contract Documents, state laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and ' reasonable safeguards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before work began within a time frame approved by the Engineer. ' 3.03 SUBMITTALS A. On lump sum items, a complete schedule of values must be submitted at the pre- construction meeting by the contractor. END OF SECTION 07/06 01025 -4 05 -5564 u 1 I� Ll t SECTION 01030 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 OBSTRUCTIONS A. The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the fact that during construction at the Project site, the possibility exists of the Contractor encountering various water, sewer, petroleum, gas, telephone, electrical or other lines not shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care before and during construction to locate and flag these lines so as to avoid damage to the existing lines. Should damage occur to an existing line, the Contractor shall repair the line at no cost to the Owner. 1.02 PROVISIONS FOR THE CONTROL OF DUST A. Sufficient precautions shall be taken during construction to minimize the amount of dust created. Wetting down the site may be required or as directed by the Engineer to prevent dust as a result of vehicular traffic. 1.03 RELOCATIONS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the relocation of structures, including but not limited to light poles, signs, sign poles, fences, piping, conduits and drains that interfere with the positioning of the work as set out on the Drawings. The cost of all such relocations shall be included in the bid for the project and shall not result in any additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 WARRANTIES A. All equipment supplied under these Specifications shall be warranted by the Contractor and the equipment manufacturers for a period of one (1) year. Warranty period shall commence on the date of Owner acceptance. B. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced in the machine(s) and the unit(s) restored to service at no expense to the Owner. C. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor's warranty or guarantee period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed. D. In the event that the manufacturer is unwilling to provide a one year 11106 01030 -1 05 -5564 r 1 warranty commencing at the time of Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a two (2) year warranty starting at the time of Owner acceptance of the equipment. 1.05 HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS PLAN ri I� I 1 fl A. Within thirty days of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer and Owner a Hurricane Preparedness Plan. The plan should outline the necessary measures which the Contractor proposes to perform at no additional cost to the Owner in case of a hurricane warning. B. In the event of inclement weather, or whenever Engineer shall direct, Contractor will cause Subcontractors to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of Contractor or any Subcontractor to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 1.06 EQUIPMENT, TESTING & INSPECTION A. Regardless of the number of days specified in the individual sections for the manufacturers representative to be present on the site for inspection and testing, if the equipment fails to perform as specified then the representative shall remain on site until the malfunction is corrected and the Owner received specified days of inspection or testing. B. The cost for the additional days required shall not be added to the cost of the Owner, but shall be to the account of the Contractor. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 1 07/06 01030 -2 05 -5564 SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for Project as follows: 1. Civil, structural, geotechnical, or other professional engineering services specified, or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. 2. Land surveying required to layout the work. B. The Contractor shall retain the services of a registered land surveyor licensed in the State of Florida for the line and grade layout. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01010: Summary of Work. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL A. Qualified Engineer or Registered Land Surveyor, acceptable to the City and the Engineer. B. Registered Professional Engineer of the specialty required for the specific service on the Project, currently licensed in the State of Florida. 1.04 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. B. At the end of the project, submit certified as -built information at the same scale as the irrigation designer's line drawings indicating elevations and locations of all irrigation piping, heads, valves, pump, controller, and connections. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name and address of registered land surveyor to the Engineer. 07/06 01050 -1 05 -5564 B. On request of the Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. C. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or surveyor certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance or non - conformance, with Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01050 -2 05 -5564 1 Ll 1 SECTION 01090 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these specifications references are made to published specifications, codes, standards, or other requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies which have been published as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids, shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes. No requirements set forth herein or shown on the drawings shall be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said standards or requirements. B. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, specification text requires (or implies) that specific work is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that work. Such assignments shall be recognized as special requirements over which the CONTRACTOR has no choice or option. These assignments shall not be interpreted so as to conflict with the enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the WORK; also they are not intended to interfere with local union jurisdiction settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. The final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of contract requirements remains with the CONTRACTOR. 1 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS 1 1 A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the requirements of the following documents to the extent that the provisions of such documents are not in conflict with the requirements of these Specifications nor the applicable codes. B. References herein to "Building Code" or SFBC shall mean the South Florida Building Code. The latest edition of the code as approved and used at the local agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the WORK herein, including all addenda, modifications, amendments, or other lawful changes thereto. 07/06 01090 -1 05 -5564 C. In case of conflicts between codes reference standards drawings and other Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. ' All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarifications and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or ' labor. The CONTRACTOR shall bid the most stringent requirements. D. Applicable Standard Specifications: The CONTRACTOR shall construct the WORK specified herein in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and the referenced portion of those referenced codes, standards, and specifications listed herein, except, that wherever references to "Standard Specifications" are made, the provisions therein ' for measurement and payment shall not apply. E. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. F. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, ' Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments hereto. ' 1.03 TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES A. For convenience in designation in the Contract Documents, materials to be incorporated in the WORK may be designated under a trade name or ' the name of a manufacturer and its catalog information. The use of alternative material that is equal in quality and of the required characteristics for the purpose intended will be permitted, subject to the following requirements: 1. The burden of proof as to the quality and suitability of such alternative equipment, products, or other materials shall be upon the CONTRACTOR. 2. The ENGINEER will be the sole judge as to the comparative quality and suitability of such alternative equipment, products, or other materials and its decisions shall be final. 3. Base Bid requirements outlined in document 00400 - Supplement to Bid Form, shall supersede any language contained hereinafter. B. Whenever in the Contract Documents the name or the name and address of the manufacturer or distributor is given for a product or other material, or if any other source of a product or material is indicated therefore, such information is given for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no limit, restriction, or direction is indicated or intended thereby, nor is the 07/06 01090 -2 05 -5564 accuracy or reliability of such information guaranteed. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to determine the accurate identity and location of any such manufacturer, distributor, or other source of any product or material called for in the Contract Documents. C. The CONTRACTOR may offer any material, process, or equipment, which ' it considers equivalent to that, indicated. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the ENGINEER, the substantiation of offers of equivalency must be submitted within 30 days after execution of the Agreement. The CONTRACTOR, at its sole expense, shall furnish data concerning items it has offered as equivalent to those specified. The CONTRACTOR shall have the material as required by the ENGINEER to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the items will fulfill its intended function. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until accepted by the ENGINEER. If a substitute offered by the CONTRACTOR is found to be not equal to the specified material, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the specified material. D. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is further directed to the requirement that failure to submit data substantiating a request for the substitution of an "or equal" item within said 30 -day period after the execution of the Agreement, shall be deemed to mean that the CONTRACTOR intends to furnish one of the specific brand -named products named in the specification, and the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive all rights to offer or use substitute products in each such case. Wherever a proposed substitute product has not been submitted within said 30 -day period, or wherever the submission of a proposed substitute product fails to meet the requirements of the specifications and an acceptable resubmittal is not ' received by the ENGINEER within said 30 -day period, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish only one of the products originally -named in the Contract Documents. 1 1.04 ABBREVIATION A. Wherever in these specifications references are made to the standards, specifications, or other published data of the various national, regional, or local organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their ' acronyms or abbreviation only. As a guide to the user of these specifications, the following acronyms and abbreviations which may appear in these specifications shall have the meanings indicated herein. 1.05 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ' AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association AAR Association of American Railroads 07/06 01090 -3 05 -5564 1 I� 71 I 1 r, 1 1 1 11 AASHTO American Association of the State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ACI American Concrete Institute ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association ACPPA American Concrete Pressure Pipe Association AFBMA Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc. AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors AGMA American Gear Manufacturer's Association AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers Al The Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANS American Nuclear Society ANSI American national Standards Institute, Inc. APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASA Acoustical Society of America ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air - Conditioning Engineers ASLE American Society of Lubricating Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASQC American Society for Quality Control ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BBC Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers CEMA Conveyors Equipment Manufacturers Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CLPCA California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CMA Concrete Masonry Association 07/06 010904 05 -5564 1 7 11 1 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute DCDMA Diamond Core Drill Manufacturers Association DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association EIA Electronic Industries Association ETL Electrical Test Laboratories HI Hydraulic Institute ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society IME Institute of Makers of Explosives IP Institute of Petroleum (London) IPC Institute of Printed Circuits IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association ISA Instrument Society of America ISO International Organization for Standardization ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MPTA Mechanical Power Transmission Association MTI Marine Testing Institute NAAM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NBS National Bureau of Standards NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NGLI National Grease Lubricating Institute NMA National Microfilm Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association NWWA National Water Well Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute RIS Redwood Inspection Service RVIA Recreational Vehicle Industry Association RWMA Resistance Welder Manufacturers Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association SBC Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (SBCCI) SIS Swedish Standards Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 07/06 1 01090 -5 05 -5564 SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation SSBC Southern Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction TAPPI Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry TFI The Fertilizer Institute UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCRSI Western Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute WIC Woodwork Institute of California WPCF Water Pollution Control Federation WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. WWPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01090 -6 05 -5564 SECTION 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Agreement between Owner and Contractor consisting of an approved payment schedule by the City of Sunny Isles Finance Department. Conditions of the Contract: Progress Payments, Retainages, Final Payment, schedule of values and Record Documents. A. Section 01310: Construction Schedules B. Section 01370: Schedule of Values C. Section 01720: Project Record Documents 1.03 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED Submit applications typed on forms provided by the Owner, Application for Payment, with itemized data typed on 8 1/2 inch x 14 inch white paper and continuation sheets. Payment forms shall show significant detail to substantiate request. Additional detail may be required by the Engineer. 1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of submittal of application. 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. 3. Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of Contract firm. 07/06 01152 -1 05 -5564 d 1 B. Continuation Sheets: 1. Fill in total list of scheduled component items of work, with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item. 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. a. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified. 3. List each Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item or work. a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item or work. 1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS When the Owner or the Engineer requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information, with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project 2. Application number and date 3. Detailed list of enclosures 4. For stored products: a. Item number and identification as shown on application. b. Description of specific material. Submit one copy of data cover letter for each copy of application. As a prerequisite for payment, Contractor is to submit a "Surety Acknowledgment of Payment Request" letter showing amount of progress payment, which the Contractor is requesting. The Contractor shall maintain an updated a set of drawings to be used as a record drawings in accordance with Section 01720. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor shall submit the updated record drawings for review by the Engineer. Construction schedule in accordance with 01310 1.06 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT 1 07/06 A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. C. Submit final record drawings. 01152 -2 05 -5564 1.07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer at the times stipulated in the Agreement. B. Number: Five copies of each Application. C. When the Engineer finds Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit certificate of payment to Owner, with copy to Contractor. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used). PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used). END OF SECTION 07/06 01152 -3 05 -5564 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. The Engineer shall schedule and administer pre- construction meetings, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of work. The Engineer shall: 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 3. Preside at meetings. 4. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings and decisions. 5. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five working days after each meeting. a. To participants in the meeting. b. To parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. B. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. The Contractor shall attend meetings to ascertain that work is executed consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01310: Construction Schedules. B. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and Samples. C. Section 01720: Project Record Documents. 1.03 PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1. Schedule a pre- construction meeting no later than 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed. 2. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties designated by the Owner. 07/06 01200 -1 05 -5564 3. Attendance: L a. Owner's Representative. b. Engineer and his Professional Consultants. C. Resident Project Representative. d. Contractor's Superintendent. e. Major Subcontractors. f. Major Suppliers. g. Utilities. h. Others as appropriate. Suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. Projected Construction Schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing /critical path scheduling. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project Coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payments. 6. Adequacy of Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of Premises: a. Office, Work and Storage Areas. b. Owner's Requirements. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary Utilities. 07/06 01200 -2 05 -5564 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings. The progress meetings will be held as required by progress of the work. B. Hold called meetings as required by progress of the work. C. Location of the meetings: Project field office of the Contractor or Engineer. D. Attendance: 1. Engineer, and his professional consultants as needed. 2. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda. 3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. 4. Others as appropriate. E. Suggested Agenda- 1 . Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 4. Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 5. Review of off site fabrication, delivery schedule. 6. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 7. Revisions to Construction Schedule. 8. Progress, schedule, during succeeding work period. 9. Coordination of schedules. 10. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required. 11. Maintenance of quality standards. 12. Pending changes and substitutions. 13. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on a completion date. 07/06 01200 -3 05 -5564 b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 14. Other business. 15. Construction schedule. 16. Critical /long lead items. F. The Contractor is to attend progress meetings and is to study previous meeting minutes and current agenda items, in order to be prepared to discuss pertinent topics such as deliveries of materials and equipment, progress of work, etc. G. The Contractor is to provide a current submittal log at each progress meeting in accordance with Section 01340. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used). PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used). END OF SECTION 07/06 01200 -4 05 -5564 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Promptly after Award of the Contract and within ten days after the effective date of the Agreement, prepare and submit to the Engineer estimated construction progress schedules for the work, with sub - schedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules on a monthly basis. C. No partial payments shall be approved by the Engineer until there is an approved up to date construction progress schedule on hand. D. The Contractor shall designate an authorized representative of his firm who shall be responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of progress and payment reports. This representative of the Contractor shall have direct project control and complete authority to act on behalf of the Contractor's schedule. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010: Summary of Work. B. Section 01152 C. Section 01200 D. Section 01340 1.03 FORM OF SCHEDULES Applications for Payment Project Meetings. Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples. A. Prepare schedules for submittal each month with pay request. The form of the schedule is to be MicrosoftTM Project 4.1a or approved equal. The Schedule is to indicate work completed to date and additions to or deletions from the schedule. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar or CPM for each trade or operation within each structure or item. 2. Horizontal time scale: In weeks from start of construction and identify the first work day of each month. 07/06 01310 -1 05 -5564 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. 4. Minimum sheet size: 24 inches x 36 inches. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work for each structure. C. Identification of listings: By major specification section numbers as applicable and structure. 1.04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning of, and completion of, each major element of construction in no more than a two -week increment scale. Specifically list, but not limited to: a. Receiving Materials b. Pipeline Installations C. Testing d. Restoration e. Startup f. Record Drawings g. Permits h. Punch List i. Owner Activities, Including Inspections 3. Show projected percentage of completion for each item, as of the first of each month. 4. Show projected dollar cash flow requirements for each month of construction. 5. Use of float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing or logic, special lead /lag logic restraints, and extended activity times are prohibited, and use of float time disclosed or implied by use of alternate float- suppression techniques shall be shared to proportionate benefit of the Owner and Contractor. 6. Pursuant to above float- sharing requirement, no time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which 07/06 01310 -2 05 -5564 (i) impacts Project's critical path, (ii) consumes available float or contingency time, and (iii) extends work beyond contract completion date. 7. If the Contractor provides an accepted schedule with an early completion date, the Owner reserves the right to reduce the duration of the work to match the early completion date by issuing a deductive Change Order at no change in Contract Price. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, and Samples in accordance with Section 01340. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates submittals will be required for owner furnished products, if applicable. 3. The dates approved submittals will be required from the Engineer. C. A list of all long lead items (equipment, materials, etc). 1.05 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule- 1 . Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.06 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedules to the Engineer within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement. 07/06 01310 -3 05 -5564 1. The Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within 21 days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within 7 days after return of review copy. B. Submit 5 copies of revised monthly progress schedules with that month's application for payment. 1.07 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner (Two Copies) 2. Engineer (Two Copies) 3. Job Site File 4. Subcontractors 5. Other Concerned Parties B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used). PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used). END OF SECTION 07/06 01310 -4 05 -5564 J t 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, such working drawings, shop drawings, test reports and data on materials and equipment (hereinafter in this article called data), and material samples (hereinafter in this article called samples) as are required for the proper control of work, including but not limited to those working drawings, shop drawings, data and samples for materials and equipment specified elsewhere in the Specifications and in the Contract Drawings. B. Within thirty (30) calendar days after the effective date of the Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a complete list of preliminary data for which Shop Drawings are to be submitted. Included in this list shall be the names of all proposed manufacturers furnishing specific items. Review of this list by the Engineer shall in no way expressed or implied relieve the Contractor from submitting complete Shop Drawings and providing materials, equipment, etc., fully in accordance with the Specifications. This procedure is required in order to expedite final review of Shop Drawings. C. The contractor is to maintain an accurate updated submittal log and will bring this log to each scheduled progress meeting with the Owner and Engineer. This log should include the following items- 1 . Submittal- Description and Number assigned. 2. Date to Engineer. 3. Date returned to Contractor (from Engineer). 4. Status of Submittal (Approved /Resubmit/Rejected). 5. Date of Resubmittal and Return (as applicable). 6. Date material released (for fabrication). 7. Projected date of fabrication. 8. Projected date of delivery to site. 01340 -1 05 -5564 1 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment B. Section 01720: Project Record Documents ' C. Designate in the construction schedule, or in a separate coordinated schedule, the dates for submission and the dates that reviewed Shop 1 Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples will be needed. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY ' A. It is the duty of the Contractor to check all drawings, data and samples prepared by or for him before submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each and every copy of the Drawings and data shall bear Contractor's stamp or will be returned to the Contractor for conformance with this requirement. Shop drawings shall indicate any deviations in the submittal ' from requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Determine and verify: ' 1. Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria 3. Catalog numbers and similar data 4. Conformance and Specifications C. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a schedule of Shop Drawing submittals fixing the respective dates for the submission of shop and working drawings, the beginning of manufacture, testing and installation of ' materials, supplies and equipment. This schedule shall indicate those that are critical to the progress schedule. t iJ 1 L D. The Contractor shall not begin any of the work covered by a drawing, data, or a sample returned for correction until a revision or correction thereof has been reviewed and returned to him, by the Engineer approved. E. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all drawings and schedules sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to provide no less than twenty -one (21) calendar days for checking and appropriate action from the time the Engineer receives them. 07/06 01340 -2 05 -5564 J [I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. The Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of descriptive or product data submittals to complement shop drawings for the Engineer plus the number of copies that the Contractor requires. The Engineer will retain three (3) sets. All blueprint shop drawings shall be submitted with one (1) set of reproducible and four (4) sets of print. The Engineer will review the drawings and return to the Contractor the set of marked -up drawings with appropriate review comments. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear all cost of damages that may result from the ordering of any material or from proceeding with any part of work prior to the review by Engineer of the necessary Shop Drawings. 1.04 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Engineer's review of drawings, data and samples submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the Specifications, external connections, and dimensions that affect the installation. The Engineer's review and exceptions if any, will not constitute an approval of dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item shown. B. The review of drawings and schedules will be general, and shall not be construed: 1. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements; 2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials; 3. As approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as otherwise provided herein. C. If the drawings or schedule as submitted describe variations per subparagraph (1.05.C), and show a departure from the Contract requirements which Engineers finds to be in the interest of the Owner and to be minor as not to involve a change in the Contract Price or time for performance, the Engineer may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. D. When reviewed by the Engineer, each of the Shop Drawings will be identified as having received such review being so stamped and dated. Shop Drawings stamped "REJECTED" and with required corrections shown will be returned to the Contractor for correction and re- submittal. 01340 -3 05 -5564 J E. Re- submittals will be handled in the same manner as the first submittals. On resubmittals, the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or I on resubmitted Shop Drawings, to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Engineer on previous submissions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer. ' F. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Drawings or Specifications, the Contractor shall give written notice thereof to the Engineer. G. The Engineer will review a submittal /resubmittal a maximum of three (3) ' times after which cost of review will be borne by the Contractor. The cost of engineering shall be equal to the Engineer's charges to the Owner under the terms of the Engineer's agreement with the Owner. H. When the Shop Drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance ' therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer. I. No partial submittals will be reviewed. Submittals not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will not be considered "Rejected" until resubmitted. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "Shop Drawings" shall be considered to mean Contractor's plans for material and equipment that become an integral part of the Project. These drawings shall be complete ' and detailed. Shop Drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting drawings and schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, and wiring and control diagrams. Cuts, catalogs, pamphlets, descriptive ' literature, and performance and test data, shall be considered only as supportive to required Shop Drawings as defined above. B. Drawings and schedules shall be checked and coordinated with work of all trades involved, before they are submitted for review by the Engineer and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval as evidence of such checking and coordination. Drawings or schedules submitted without this stamp of approval shall be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. C. Each Shop Drawing, shall have a blank area 3 1/2 inches by 3 1/2 inches, located adjacent to the title block. The title block shall display the following: 1. Number and i t tle of the drawing. 07/06 01340 -4 05 -5564 ' 2. Date of drawing or revision. 3. Name of project building or facility. 4. Name of contractor and subcontractor submitting drawing. 5. Clear identification of contents and location of work. 6. Specification title and number. ' D. If drawings show variations from Contract requirements because of standard shop practice or for other reasons, the Contractor shall describe such variations in his letter of transmittal. If acceptable, proper adjustment in the Contract shall be implemented where appropriate. If the Contractor fails to describe such variations he shall not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even though such drawings have been reviewed. ' E. Data on materials and equipment include, without limitation, materials and equipment lists, catalog data sheets, cuts, performance curves, diagrams, materials of construction and similar descriptive material. Materials and equipment lists shall give, for each item thereon, the name and location of the supplier or manufacturer, trade name, catalog reference, size, finish and all other pertinent data. F. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall provide a list including the equipment name, address and telephone 07/06 01340 -5 05 -5564 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company so that service and spare parts can be readily obtained. In addition, a maintenance and lubrication schedule for each piece of equipment shall ' be submitted along with each shop drawing submittal. G. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or products under Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16 shall submit an installation list to the Engineer along with the required shop drawings. The installation list shall include at least five installations where identical ' equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a period of at least one (1) year. H. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking Shop Drawing submittals. I. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish to Engineer two (2) sets of record shop drawings all clearly revised, complete and up to date showing the permanent construction as actually made for all reinforcing and structural steel, miscellaneous metals, process and mechanical equipment, yard piping, electrical system, instrumentation system and irrigation. 07/06 01340 -5 05 -5564 1.06 WORKING DRAWINGS A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "working drawings" shall be considered to mean the Contractor's plans for temporary structures such as temporary bulkheads, support of open cut excavation, support of utilities, ground water control systems, forming and false -work; for underpinning; and for such other work as may be required for construction, but does not become an integral part of the project. B. Copies of working drawings as noted in subparagraph 1.06A above, shall be submitted to the Engineer where required by the Contract Documents or requested by the Engineer, and shall be submitted at least thirty (30) calendar days (unless otherwise specified by the Engineer) in advance of their being required for work. C. Working drawings shall be signed by a Registered Professional Engineer; currently licensed to practice in the State of Florida and shall convey, or be accompanied by, calculation or other sufficient information to completely explain the structure, machine, or system described and its intended manner of use. Prior to commencing such work, working drawings must have been reviewed without specific exceptions by the Engineer, which review will be for general conformance and will not relieve the Contractor in any way from his responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. All risks of error are assumed by the Contractor; the Owner and Engineer shall have no responsibility therefore. 1.07 SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall furnish, for the approval of the Engineer, samples required by the Contract Documents or requested by the Engineer. Samples shall be delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges on samples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not be used in work until approved by the Engineer. B. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. 3. A minimum of two samples of each item shall be submitted. 07/06 01340 -6 05 -5564 � I II C. Each sample shall have a label indicating 1. Name of Project 2. Name of Contractor and Subcontractor 3. Material or Equipment Represented 4. Place of Origin 5. Name of Producer and Brand (if any) 6. Location in Project (Samples of finished materials shall have additional marking that will identify them under the finished schedules.) D. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal letter in triplicate for each shipment of samples containing the information required in subparagraph 1.0713 above. He shall enclose a copy of this letter with the shipment and send a copy of this letter to the Engineer. Approval of a sample shall be only for the characteristics or use named in such approval and shall not be construed to change or modify any Contract requirements. E. Approved samples not destroyed in testing shall be sent to the Engineer or stored at the site of the work. Approved samples of the hardware in good condition will be marked for identification and may be used in the work. Materials and equipment incorporated in work shall match the approved samples. Samples which failed testing or were not approved samples will be returned to the Contractor at his expense, if so requested at time of submission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used). PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used). 07/06 END OF SECTION 01340 -7 05 -5564 DOCUMENT 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement. B. Upon request of the Engineer, support the values with data that will substantiate their correctness. C. The Schedule of Values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01152: Application for Payment 1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on an 8 -1/2 inch x 11 inch or 8 -1/2 inch x 14 inch white paper; Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered for approval by the Engineer upon Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and location 2. Engineer and Project number 3. Name and Address of Contractor 4. Contract designation 5. Date of submission B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts to include individual equipment, piping, electrical, paving, of the Work (as required) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. For the various portions of the Work: 07/06 01370 -1 05 -5564 1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. D. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. E. Schedules are subject to Engineer's approval wherein additional line item detail may be required. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01370 -2 05 -5564 SECTION 01410 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform testing as required by the Owner to verify conformity with the Contract Documents. 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services. 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or approvals of public authorities. B. Respective sections of specifications: Certification of products. C. Each specification section listed: Laboratory tests required and standards for testing. D. Testing laboratory inspection, sampling and testing is required for, but not limited to the following: 1. Soil Survey 2. Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.03 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor 07/06 01410 -1 05 -5564 ' 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ' A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to Work and pay for testing. B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete, and other materials mixes which require control by the testing laboratory. D. Materials and equipment used in the performance of work under this Contract are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or fabrication. Standard specifications for quality and workmanship are indicated in the Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide statements or certificates from the manufacturers and fabricators that the materials and equipment provided by them are manufactured or fabricated in full accordance with the standard specifications for quality and workmanship indicated in the Contractor Documents. All costs of this testing and providing statements and certificates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and no extra charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing and certification. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested ' 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested ' 3. To facilitate inspections and tests 4. For storage and curing of test samples F. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. G. Employ and pay for the services of the same or a separate, equally qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required for the Contractor's convenience. H. Provide the Engineer with a copy of all test and reports. ' 07/06 01410 -2 05 -5564 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) r END OF SECTION 1 07106 01410 -3 05 -5564 I e 1 SECTION 01505 CONTROL OF WORK 1.01 QUALITY OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish personnel and equipment which will be efficient, appropriate and large enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which will insure the completion of the work within the time stipulated in the Proposal. If at any time such personnel appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate or insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producing the rate of progress aforesaid, he may order the Contractor to increase the efficiency, change the character or increase the personnel and equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure the quality of the work and rate of progress required. 1.02 OBSTRUCTIONS A. The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the fact that during digging at the Project site, the possibility exists of the Contractor encountering various water, sewer, petroleum, gas, telephone, electrical, or other lines not shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care before and during digging to locate and flag these pipes so as to avoid damage to the existing pipes. Should damage occur to an existing pipe, The Contractor shall repair the pipe at no cost to the City. B. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than they were prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. ' C. The Contractor shall verify the exact locations and depths of all utilities shown and the Contractor shall make exploratory excavations of all utilities that may interfere with the work. All such exploratory excavations shall be ' performed as soon a practicable after award of the contract and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the Contractor's work. When such exploratory excavations show the utility location as shown to be in error, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer. ' D. The number of exploratory excavations required should be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the utility. Test pits shall be dug at the Contractor's expense, as directed. 07/06 01505 -1 05 -5564 1 E. The Contractor shall protect all Underground Utilities and other improvements that may be impaired during construction operations. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location of all existing utilities and other improvements that will be encountered in its construction operations, and to see that such utilities or other improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such operations. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. ' F. In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the Contractor, be notified by the Owner to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service. G. Where the proper completion of the work requires the temporary or permanent removal and /or relocation of an existing utility or other ■ improvement that is indicated, the Contractor shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such utility or improvement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to former location shall be accomplished by the Contractor in a manner that will restore or replace the utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former locations and to as good or better condition than found prior to 1 removal. H. Existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made ' known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Sewer laterals are included. I. All repairs to a damaged utility or improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the utility or improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work. J. All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain ' lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the work shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements 07/06 01505 -2 05 -5564 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 1.04 SITE CLEANLINESS A. Dust Abatement - The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and means required and shall carry out effective measures wherever and as often as necessary to prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until the Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer. B. Rubbish Control - During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of the work and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. The Contractor shall dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the work site, and shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. The Contractor shall also keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the site of construction in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. C. Sanitation 1. Toilet Facilities - Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. 2. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes - The Contractor shall establish a regular daily collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or organic material wastes from any other source related to the Contractor's operations shall be disposed of away from the site in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto. 01505 -3 05 -5564 t n I , 1 1.05 SALVAGE A. Any existing equipment or material including but not limited to, valves, pipes, fittings, couplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of construction under this project may be designated as salvage by the Engineer or City and if so shall be excavated, if necessary, and delivered to the City by a location directed by the City. Any equipment or material not worthy of salvaging, as directed by the City, shall be disposed of by the Contractor at a suitable location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or required. B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein or directed by the Engineer. 3.02 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury in any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads on it shall be allowed and all portions injured shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his own expense. END OF SECTION 07/06 01505 -4 05 -5564 t 1 1 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction, remove on completion of work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010: Summary of Work 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code. B. Comply with Federal, State and Local codes and regulations and with utility company requirements. C. Comply with County Health Department and Environmental Regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING 07/06 A. Arrange with utility company, provide service required for power and lighting, and pay all costs for service and for power used in the construction, testing and trial operation prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner. B. Install circuit and branch wiring, with the area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction by the use of construction type power cords. C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate to work, and all areas accessible to the public. 01510 -1 05 -5564 1 2.03 TEMPORARY WATER t is 1 A. Arrange with the Owner to provide water for construction purposes. B. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction by the use of hoses. C. Install at each and every connection to the Owner water supply a backflow preventor meeting the requirements of ANSI A40.6, latest revision. Contractor shall be required to meter all water used. 2.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. B. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 2.05 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. C. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. D. Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal, and for fuel consumed. E. Provide connections to existing facilities, extend and supplement with temporary units as required to comply with requirements. Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal. Owner will pay costs of fuel used from the existing system. 2.06 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE 07/06 r A. Arrange with local telephone service company, provide direct line telephone service at the construction site for the use of personnel and employees. Service required: 01510 -2 05 -5564 t t 1. One direct line instrument in Contractor's Field Office for Dade County. 2. One direct line instrument in Field Office of Engineer with local access from Dade County. 3. One direct line facsimile (FAX) machine in Contractor's Field Office. 4. Other instruments at the option of the Contractor, or as required by regulations. B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15 - Mechanical and in Division 16 - Electrical. B. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. C. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 3.02 REMOVAL 07/06 A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition. END OF SECTION 01510 -3 05 -5564 ISECTION 01532 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION IPART 1 - GENERAL A. Certain specimen trees adjacent to construction areas and in other key locations will be identified by the Owner and the Landscape Architect, and marked with red tags. Loss or damage to these trees will result in replacement with equal canopy. B. If any trees or shrubs are damaged that are designated to be saved then replacement is required. They shall be replaced with equal number and diameter of trees or shrubs of the same species and variety, as specified by the Owner and Architect, shall be furnished and planted by the Contractor, no additional cost to owner. The total inch diameter of the replacement trees or shrubs shall equal the diameter of the tree of shrub to be replaced. The Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage which occurs while the Contractor is complying with instructions given by the Owner, Landscape Architect, or Arborist working on the project. 1.06 VEGETATION PROTECTIVE SIGNAGE (PRESERVATION AREAS) A. Two types of signs shall be posted throughout the property with respect to the care of vegetation. The signs are as follows: 07/06 01532 -1 05 -5564 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all equipment and materials, and do all work necessary to protect existing trees and plants from damage as a result of the contractor's operations. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02481 Shrub Tree - and Relocation C. Section 02490 - Trees, Plants and Groundcover 1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. International Society of Arboriculture (ISA): Guide for establishing values of trees and other plants. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed methods, materials to be employed, and schedule for effecting tree and plant protection shall be submitted for approval. 1.05 DAMAGE PENALTIES A. Certain specimen trees adjacent to construction areas and in other key locations will be identified by the Owner and the Landscape Architect, and marked with red tags. Loss or damage to these trees will result in replacement with equal canopy. B. If any trees or shrubs are damaged that are designated to be saved then replacement is required. They shall be replaced with equal number and diameter of trees or shrubs of the same species and variety, as specified by the Owner and Architect, shall be furnished and planted by the Contractor, no additional cost to owner. The total inch diameter of the replacement trees or shrubs shall equal the diameter of the tree of shrub to be replaced. The Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage which occurs while the Contractor is complying with instructions given by the Owner, Landscape Architect, or Arborist working on the project. 1.06 VEGETATION PROTECTIVE SIGNAGE (PRESERVATION AREAS) A. Two types of signs shall be posted throughout the property with respect to the care of vegetation. The signs are as follows: 07/06 01532 -1 05 -5564 1. A sign at all access points to the construction areas, informing all personnel that they are entering "Protection Area ". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. Tree protection fencing shall be: 1. Mesh fence 6 ft. high minimum, with 4 "x4 "x6' pressure treated wood posts. B. Posts shall be spaced 1Oft. on center maximum. C. Fencing other than that specified above shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FENCING A. Prior to start of demolition work and clearing and grubbing operations, tree protection fencing shall be installed in accordance with the following: 1. Fencing shall be installed at the tree protection areas as directed by the Landscape Architect. 2. Fencing shall be located along the cut and fill lines staked by the project surveyor and approved by the Architect and Owner. 3.02 ROOT PRUNING A. Where construction will be in close proximity to existing trees designated to remain, roots shall be pruned. Proximity shall be as determined in the field by the Architect. Root pruning shall be performed as specified in Section 02490 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUND COVERS. 3.03 CLEARING WITHIN PROTECTION AREAS A. Selective clearing within tree protection areas shall only be performed when and as directed by the Architect. 3.04 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION A. Except as otherwise indicated or requested by Architect, temporary protection devices and facilities installed during course of the work shall be removed only after all work which may injure or damage trees and plants is completed. END OF SECTION 07/06 01532 -2 05 -5564 SECTION 01540 SECURITY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Security Program B. Entry Control C. Personnel Identification D. Miscellaneous Restrictions 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work B. Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities 1.03 SECURITY PROGRAM A. Protect Work, existing premises and Owner's operations from theft, vandalism and unauthorized entry. B. Initiate program in coordination with Owner's existing security system at job mobilization. C. Maintain program throughout construction period until Owner occupancy as directed by Engineer. 1.04 ENTRY CONTROL A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into project site and existing facilities. B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification. C. Maintain log of workmen and visitors, make available to Owner on request. D. Coordinate access of Owner's personnel to site in coordination with Owner's security forces. 07/06 01540 -1 05 -5564 1.05 PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION A. Become familiar with Owner and Engineer representatives. B. Restrict access to job site to these representatives. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01540 -2 05 -5564 t t t t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01550 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 HIGHWAY LIMITATIONS A. The Contractor shall make his own investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the work. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AND STORAGE AREA A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for any necessary off- site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 07/06 END OF SECTION 01550 -1 05 -5564 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE A. Material and equipment incorporated into the Work- 1 . Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quantity specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like part of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to be interchangeable. C. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is specified. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010: Summary of Work B. Section 01030: Special Project Procedures C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples D. Section 01720: Project Record Documents 1.03 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Only new materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the work. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to 07/06 01600 -1 05 -5564 t t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 the inspection and approval of the Engineer. No material shall be delivered to the work without prior approval of the Engineer. B. Within 30 days after the effective date of the Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, data relating to materials and equipment he proposes to furnish for the work. Such data shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to identify the particular product and to form an opinion as to its conformity to the specifications. The data shall comply with Paragraph 1.07 of this Section. C. Facilities and labor for handling and inspection of all materials and equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. If the Engineer requires, either prior to beginning or during progress of the work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials for such special tests as may be necessary to demonstrate that they conform to the specifications. Such samples shall be furnished, stored, packed, and shipped as directed at the Contractor's expense. D. The Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit consideration and approval before materials are necessary for incorporation in the work. Any delay of approval resulting from the Contractor's failure to submit samples or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claim against the Owner or the Engineer. E. In order to demonstrate the proficiency of workmen or to facilitate the choice among several textures, types, finishes, and surfaces, the Contractor shall provide such samples of workmanship or finish as may be required. F. The materials and equipment used on the work shall correspond to the approved samples or other data. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instruction, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including copies to the Engineer. 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 01600 -2 05 -5564 ! I t t t t t 1 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of Products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver Products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that Products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to Products or packaging. 1.06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall furnish a covered, weather protected storage structure providing a clean, dry, non - corrosive environment for all mechanical equipment, valves, electrical and instrumentation equipment, and special equipment to be incorporated into this project. Storage of equipment shall be performed to allow easy access and be in strict accordance with the "instructions for storage" of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including weather /humidity protection, connection of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment, blocking, or skid storage, etc. Corroded, damaged or deteriorated equipment and parts shall be replaced before acceptance of the project. Equipment and materials not properly stored will not be included in a payment estimate. B. Store Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather -tight enclosures. 01600 -3 05 -5564 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. 3. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to ' deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 4. Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 5. All unlabeled or improperly labeled materials shall be removed from the project site. ' C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled and stored by the Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any injury, theft or damage of any kind whatsoever to the material or equipment. D. Cement, sand and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and shall be kept completely dry at all times. All structural and miscellaneous steel, and reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground or otherwise to prevent accumulations of dirt or grease, and to minimize rusting. Brick, block and similar masonry products shall be handled and stored in a manner to reduce breakage, chipping, cracking, and spalling to a minimum. E. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of once weekly to insure proper lubrications and to avoid metal -to -metal "welding ". Upon installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall start the equipment, at least half load, once weekly for an adequate period of time to insure that the equipment does not deteriorate from lack of use. F. All materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed from the site of the work, and the Contractor shall receive no compensation for the damaged material or its removal. G. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored Products to assure that Products are maintained under specific conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. 07/06 01600 -4 05 -5564 t t 1 1 1 H. Protection After Installation: 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove covering when no longer needed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials, equipment, and supplies sold and delivered to the Owner under this Contract until final inspection of the work and acceptance thereof by the Owner. In the event any such material, equipment, and supplies are lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed prior to final inspection and acceptance, the Contractor shall replace same without additional cost to the Owner. J. Should the Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of equipment supplied under this Contract within seven days after written notice to do so has been given, the Owner retains the right to correct all deficiencies noted in previously transmitted written notice and debit the cost associated with these corrections from the Contractor's Contract. These costs may be comprised of expenditures for labor, equipment usage, administrative, clerical, engineering and any other costs associated with making the necessary corrections. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: 1. Within 30 days after the effective date of the Agreement, submit to the Engineer a complete list of major products proposed to be used, with the name of the manufacturer and the installing subcontractor. B. Contractor's Options: 1. For Products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named, which complies with the specifications. 3. For products specified by naming one or more Products or manufacturers and "or equal ", Contractor must submit a request as for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer not specifically named. 01600 -5 05 -5564 C M Substitutions: 1. For a period of 30 days after the effective date of the Agreement, the Engineer will consider written requests from Contractor for substitution of Products. 2. Submit a separate request for each Product, supported with complete data, with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution C. Effect on the construction schedule d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the Product specified e. Any required license fees or royalties f. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials 3. The Engineer shall be the judge of the acceptability of the proposed substitution. 4. No substitutions will be considered by the Engineer after 30 days from the Contract Date. Contractor's Representation: 1. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor: a. Has investigated the proposed Product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified b. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the Product specified C. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and make such other changes as may be required to make the Work complete in all respects d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. E. The Engineer will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify Contractor, in writing, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. 07/06 01600 -6 05 -5564 1.08 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Manufacturers of equipment and machinery shall furnish any special tools (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) required for normal adjustment, operations and maintenance, together with instructions for their use. The Contractor shall preserve and deliver to the Owner these ' tools and instructions in good order no later than upon completion of the Contract. 1.09 WARRANTY A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment manufacturer. 1.10 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts for certain equipment provided under Division 11 through 16 have been specified in the pertinent sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and store all spare parts so required in an area to be designated by the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all spare parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address of the supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivered cost. ' 1.11 GREASE, OIL AND FUEL ' A. All grease, oil and fuel required for testing of equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. The Owner shall be furnished with a year's supply of required lubricants including grease and oil of the type IJ recommended b the manufacturer with each item of the equipment supplied under Division 11 through 16. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for changing the oil in all drives and intermediate drives of each mechanical equipment after initial break -in of the equipment, which in no event shall be any longer than three weeks of operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 07106 END OF SECTION 01600 -7 05 -5564 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Warranty and bond submittal. C. Closeout submittals, warranties and bonds required for specific products of work. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout. 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Final cleaning. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 07/06 01700 -1 05 -5564 6. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock -ups, and similar elements. B. When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, he shall submit a written notice to the Engineer that the Work, or designated portion of the Work, is complete and ready for inspection. C. Within a reasonable time of receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. When the Engineer and Owner concur that the Work, or designated portion of the Work, is substantially complete, the Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection. D. Should the Engineer determine that the Work is not substantially complete, he will advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 FINAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers the Work to be complete, he shall submit written certification to the Engineer that the Work is completed and ready for final inspection. Include the following: 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, the list has been endorsed and dated by the Engineer. 01700 -2 05 -5564 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. The Engineer will inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Engineer. 1. Upon completion of inspection, the Engineer will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete, or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection process will be repeated. 1.05 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Maintain at the site one complete set of record documents; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire - resistive location. 1. Provide access to record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours. 2. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in 2 -inch high printed letters. 3. Do not use for construction purposes. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 01700 -3 05 -5564 ' 2. Mark new information that was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. ' 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. ' 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. The record drawings shall correctly and accurately show all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction and shall reflect surveyed information, which shall be verified and certified by an independent Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Florida. The drawings shall be neat and legible. ' a. Record Drawings Submittal Requirements: Record drawings to be submitted shall consist of three sets of signed and sealed sets of tprints. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents ' such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. ' 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications ' and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. ' 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related Change Orders and mark -up of record drawings and Specifications. 07/06 01700 -4 05 -5564 E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, the Contractor will meet at the site with the Engineer and the Owner to determine which of the submitted Samples that have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record - keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. G. At Contract close -out, deliver one copy of Record Documents to Engineer for Owner. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate containing the following information: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Title and number of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING A. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. B. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. C. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION 07/06 01700 -5 05 -5564 SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Execute cleaning, during progress of the Work, and at completion of the Work, as required by General Conditions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the Contract. B. Each Specification Section: Cleaning for specific Products or work. 1.03 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti - pollution laws. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the Work, the site and adjacent properties, free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 07/06 01710 -1 05 -5564 C Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. END OF SECTION 07/06 01710 -2 05 -5564 DOCUMENT 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Engineer's Field Orders or Written Instructions 6. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and Samples 7. Field Test Reports 8. Construction Photographs 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and Samples B. Section 01050: Field Engineering C. Section 01701: Project Closeout 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. B. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI format number system. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. 07/06 01720 -1 05 -5564 D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer. E. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is to exhibit the currently updated "record documents" for review by the Engineer and the Owner. 1.04 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. C. Drawings; Legibly mark record actual construction: 1, Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish grade elevations. 2. All underground piping with elevations and dimensions. Changes to piping location. Actual installed pipe material, class, etc. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimensions and details. 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 6. Details not on original contract drawings. 7. Equipment and piping relocations. D. Specifications and Addenda; legibly mark each Section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. E. Shop Drawings (after final review and approval): 1. One set of record shop drawings for each process equipment, piping, (including casings) electrical system and instrumentation system. 07/06 01720 -2 05 -5564 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. At Close -out, deliver Record Documents to the Engineer for the Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing- 1 . Date 2. Project Title and Number 3. Contractor's Name and Address 4. Title and Number of each Record Document 5. Signature of Contractor or his Authorized Representative C. Submittal of Record Drawings shall be in accordance with Section 01050, 1.06. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01720 -3 05 -5564 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01030: Special Project Procedures B. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples C. Section 01700: Contract Closeout D. Section 01720: Project Record Documents E. Section 01740: Warranties & Bonds 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as technical writers to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. 07/06 01730 -1 05 -5564 B. Format: 1. Size: 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches 2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages, but not larger than 11 inches x 17 inches. 5. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ". List: a. Title of Project b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. C. Identity of general subject matter covered in this manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three -post binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. Maximum post width: 2 inches 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 1.05 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor of installer 07/06 01730 -2 05 -5564 b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate C. Identify area of responsibility of each d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. C. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product date with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawing. D. Written text, as required to supplement product date for the particular installation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued: 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit five copies of complete manual in final form. 07/06 01730 -3 05 -5564 B. Content; for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Catalog number, size, composition. b. Color and texture designations. C. Information required for re- ordering special- manufactured products. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product. C. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture - protection and weather - exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. C. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications. E. Provide complete information for products specified. 1.07 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit five copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests C. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 2. Operating procedures: a. Startup, break -in, routine and normal operating instructions 07/06 01730 -4 05 -5564 C 3 El b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions C. Summer and winter operating instructions d. Special operating instructions Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations b. Guide to "trouble- shooting" C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly d. Alignment, adjusting and checking Servicing and lubrication schedule a. List of lubricants required 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance a. Predicted list of parts subject to wear b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 8. As- installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings a. As- installed color coded piping diagrams 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications Contents, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests C. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 2. Circuit directories of panel- boards 07/06 01730 -5 05 -5564 a. Electrical service b. Controls 3. As- installed color -coded wiring diagrams 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions b. Sequences required C. Special operating instructions 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations b. Guide to "trouble- shooting" C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly d. Adjustment and checking Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications. F. Provide complete information for product specified. 1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents of Operation and Maintenance Manuals within 30 days after Notice to Proceed. 1. The Engineer will review the preliminary draft and return one copy with comments. B. Submit two copies of completed data in final form no later than 30 days following the Engineer's review of the last shop drawing and submittal specified under Section 01340. 1. One copy will be returned with comments to be incorporated into final copies. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form directly 07/06 01730 -6 05 -5564 t i� l 1 t t 1 to the offices of the Engineer, Calvin, Giordano within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site and preferably within 30 days after the reviewed copy is received. D. Submit six copies of addendum to the operation and maintenance manuals as applicable and certificates as specified in paragraph 1.01B of Section 01030 within 30 days after final inspection and plant start-up test. E. Final Operation and Maintenance submittals shall be in large three ring binders organized by specification Section and plainly marked per paragraph 1.04(C). 1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. 1.10 ENGINEER'S O & M CHECKLIST A. The Engineer will review Operation and Maintenance Manuals submittals on operating equipment for conformance with the requirements of this Section. The review will generally be based upon the checklist presented on the following pages (Table 01730) for the benefit of the Contractor and his suppliers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 1 07/06 01730 -7 05 -5564 TABLE 01730 O & M REVIEW CHECKLIST EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED DATE OF SUBMITTAL MANUFACTURER DEGREE OF APPROVAL SPECIFICATION SECTION DRAWING NUMBER Is submittal correct for model /series /configuration originally submitted with shop drawings? Is binding correct with assigned color /printing etc.? (Pertains to final three volumes) Is submittal properly indexed? Does submittal pertain only to equipment being furnished? Is submittal easily understood and instructively arranged? Does submittal include start -up, shutdown and trouble- shooting procedures? Are sufficient drawings and schematics included to supplement written descriptions? Is listing of name plate data for each piece of equipment supplied provided and attached? Are all drawings provided printed on paper which is 11 inches high and folded to 8 1/2 inches wide? Is proper and complete instruction for servicing included? Is there a suggested operating log sheet for equipment? Is schedule for lubrication provided? Is there a recommended preventative maintenance schedule? Are necessary safety precautions clearly indicated where they relate to the equipment? Is area representative information provided, i.e., Name, Address, Telephone Number? Are specified spare parts indicated and listed? The following are points of rejection necessitating resubmittal by Contractor: END OF SECTION 1 17106 01730 -8 05 -5564 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile specified warranties and bonds, as in Articles 3 and 11 of the General Conditions and Section 01030 of these Specifications. B. Co- execute submittals when so specified. C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. D. Submit to the Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders: Bid or Proposal Bonds B. Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Payment Bond C. Section 01030: Special Project Procedures D. Section 01701: Contract Closeout 1.03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bond, service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. B. Number of original signed copies required: two each. C. Table of Contents: neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number 3. Scope 4. Date of beginning of Warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract 07/06 01740 -1 05 -5564 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare in duplicate packets B. Format: 1. Size 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches, punch sheets for standard 3 -post binder 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS ". List: a. Title of Project b. Name of Contractor C. Binders: Commercial quality, three -post binder, with durable and cleanable plastic covers and maximum post width of 2 inches. 1.05 WARRANTY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a one -year warranty from the equipment manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for one (1) year commencing at the time of acceptance by the Owner (see Section 01030). B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining certificates for equipment warranty for all major equipment specified under division 7, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 16 and which has a 1 HP motor or which lists for more than $1,000. The Engineer reserves the right to request warranties for equipment not classified as major. The Contractor shall still warrant equipment not considered to be "major" in the Contractor's one -year warranty period even though certificates of warranty may not be required. C. In the event that the equipment manufacturer or supplier is unwilling to provide a one -year warranty commencing at the time of Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a two (2) year warranty 1 07106 01740 -2 05 -5564 commencing at the time of equipment delivery to the job site. This two -year warranty from the manufacturer shall not relieve the Contractor of the one - year warranty starting at the time of Owner acceptance of the equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 07/06 01740-3 05 -5564 1 SECTION 02100 ISITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section covers clearing and grubbing of the construction site as specified herein. B. Clear and grub the area within the limits of construction as required. The ENGINEER shall establish the length and width of the area to be cleared and grubbed prior to the beginning of any work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING 1 A. The surface of the ground for the area to be cleared and grubbed shall be completely cleared, as indicated on the plans, as well other objectionable obstructions resting on or protruding through the surface of the ground. However, those trees that are designated on the plans to remain shall be preserved as hereinafter specified. Clearing operations shall be conducted so as to prevent damage to existing structures and installations, and to those under construction, so as to provide for the safety of employees and ' others. Clearing for structures shall consist of topsoil, vegetation and lime sludge removal. 3.02 GRUBBING A. Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots larger ' than 1 1/2 inches in diameter, matted roots, brush, timber, logs and any other organic or metallic debris resting on, under or protruding through the surface of the ground to a depth of 18 inches below the subgrade. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of such objects, shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density conforming to the surrounding ground surface. B. In areas so designated, top soil, not muck shall be stockpiled. Topsoil so stockpiled shall be protected until it is placed as specified. Any topsoil remaining after all work is in place shall be disposed of by the Contractor in the manner specified in Section 02221. 1 17106 02100 -1 05 -5564 3.04 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall dispose of all material and debris from the clearing and grubbing operation by shipping such material and debris and disposing such material to a suitable location as required by the Engineer or the governmental agencies. Disposal by deep burial will not be permitted. The cost of disposal of material (including hauling) shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, the cost of which shall be included in the contract prices. 3.05 PRESERVATION OF TREES A. The Contractor shall erect such barricades, guards, and enclosures as may be considered necessary by him for the protection of all trees during all construction operations. Refer to Section 01532 -2 for specifications. B. Paint, oil solvents, asphalt, concrete, mortar, and other tree contaminants shall not be used or stored within the tree dripline. C. All tree trimming to facilitate construction shall be performed to the National Arborist Association (NAA) standards by a certified tree company. D. Any tree that is destructively damaged, destroyed, or cut down as a result of this construction shall be replaced at an inch to inch diameter. The minimum tree replacement shall be a two -inch diameter and ten foot high Florida Grade #1 or better tree. The Department of Development Administration shall be consulted as to the type of tree. E. The Contractor shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees or shrubs, including those lying within street rights -of -way and project limits, and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for trimming or removal by the jurisdictional agency or City. The Contractor shall notify the jurisdictional agency and /or the City if any tree is damaged by the Contractor's operations. If, in the opinion of said agency or the City, the damage is such that replacement is necessary, the Contractor shall replace the tree at his own expense as directed by the City. END OF SECTION 1 07/06 02100 -2 05 -5564 SECTION 02220 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes, except as elsewhere provided, excavation, filling and grading under and around structures to the subgrades and grades indicated on the Drawings. B. Supplemental Foundation and Site Preparation Notes may be indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02100: Site Preparation 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and review the available test borings or undertake his own soil borings prior to submitting his bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect his work. The Owner and Engineer will not assume responsibility for variations of sub -soil quality or conditions at locations other than places shown and at the time the investigation was made. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer and the Owner of such piping or utility immediately for directions. 2. Cooperate with the Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated on the Drawings to be removed. 1 07/06 02220 -1 05 -5564 ll t 1 t s n �J C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.05 PROTECTION 1 07116 A. Sheeting and Bracing in Excavations: 1. In connection with the construction of below grade structures, the Contractor shall construct, brace, and maintain cofferdams consisting of sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction, and to protect adjacent structures, existing piping and foundation material from disturbance, undermining, or other damage. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and rammed. 2. All sheeting and bracing not left in place shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction or other structures, utilities, existing piping, or property. Unless otherwise approved or indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, all sheeting and bracing shall be removed after completion of the substructure, care being taken not to disturb or otherwise injure the finished structures. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand by ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose, by watering or otherwise as may be directed. 3. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property occurring from or upon the work occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. 4. The Contractor shall construct the cofferdams and sheeting outside the neat lines of the foundation unless indicated otherwise to the extent he deems it desirable for his method of operation. Sheeting shall be plumb and securely braced and tied in position. Sheeting, bracing and cofferdams shall be adequate to withstand all pressures to which the structure will be subjected. Pumping, 02220 -2 05 -5564 bracing, and other work within the cofferdam shall be done in a manner to avoid disturbing any construction of the masonry enclosed. Any movement or bulging which may occur shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense so as to provide the necessary clearances and dimensions. ' 5. Drawings of the cofferdams and design computations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, and construction shall not be started until such drawings are approved. However, approval of ' these drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the cofferdam. The drawings and computations shall be prepared and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Florida and shall be in sufficient detail to disclose the method of operation for each of the various stages of construction, if required, for the completion of the substructures. B. Dewatering, Drainage and Floatation: 1. The Contractor shall construct and place all concrete work, structural fill, bedding rock, and limerock base course, in- the -dry. In addition, the Contractor shall make the final 24 inches of excavation for this work in- the -dry and not until the water level is a minimum of twelve inches below proposed bottom of excavation. ' 2. The Contractor shall, at all times during construction, provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities to remove promptly and ' dispose of properly all water entering excavations and keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until the fill and structure to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural elevations. 3. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the natural undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade bottom soils at proposed of excavation. 4. Wellpoints may be required for predrainage of the soils prior to final excavation for some of the deeper in- ground structures, and for maintaining the lowered groundwater level until construction has ' been completed to such an extent that the structure or fill will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Wellpoints shall be surrounded by suitable filter sand and no fines shall be removed by pumping. ' Pumping from wellpoints shall be continuous and standby pumps shall be provided. t 1 07/06 02220 -3 05 -5564 5. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, permits and equipment and perform all work required to install and maintain the drainage systems he proposes for handling groundwater and surface water encountered during construction of structures and compacted fills. 6. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's proposed method of dewatering shall include a groundwater observation well at each structure to be used to determine the water level during construction of the structure. Locations of the observation wells shall be at structures as approved by the Engineer prior to their installation. The observation wells shall be extended to 6 inches above finished grade, capped with screw -on caps protected by 24" x 24" wide concrete base, and left in place at the completion of this Project. 7. Prior to excavation, the Contractor shall submit his proposed method of dewatering and maintaining dry conditions to the Engineer for approval. However, such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the satisfactory performance of the system. The contractor shall be responsible for correcting any disturbance or natural bearing soils or damage to structures caused by an inadequate dewatering system or by interruption of the continuous operation of the system as specified. 8. As part of his request for approval of a dewatering system, the Contractor may be requested to demonstrate the adequacy of the proposed system and wellpoint filter sand by means of a test installation. Discharge water shall be clear, with no visible soil particles in a one quart sample. 9. During backfilling and construction, water levels shall be measured in observation wells located as directed by the Engineer. 10. Continuous pumping will be required as long as water levels are required to be below natural levels. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample of fill material obtained from on -site sources at least ten calendar ' days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. B. For each material obtained from other than on -site sources, the ' Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of the material and shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample at least ten calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. r 1 07/06 02220 -4 05 -5564 1 t PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials for use as base fill and backfill shall be as described below. a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO) M -145, soil classification Groups A -1, A -2 -4, A -2 -5 and A -3. b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in AASHTO M -145 soil classification Groups A -2 -6, A -2 -7, A -4, A -5, A -6 and A -7 along with peat and other highly organic soils. 2. Materials shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to the site. B. Structural Fill: 1. Structural fill material shall be satisfactory soil material consisting of a minimum of 60 percent clean medium to fine grain sized quartz sand, free of organic, deleterious and compressible material. Rock in excess of 2 -1/2 inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill material. Structural fill shall not contain hardpan, stones, rocks, cobbles or other similar materials. C. Crusher -Run Gravel: 1. The impervious aggregate base, crusher -on gravel, subbase or shoulder course material shall be of uniform quality throughout. The material retained on the No. 10 sieve shall be composed of aggregate meeting the requirements for Class A or B coarse aggregate, except the percent of soft fragments allowed shall be as shown in the requirements below. To be used only if requested by Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 2. The impervious aggregate may be produced from an approved quarry source, or bank or pit deposit, which will yield a satisfactory mixture conforming to all requirements of these specifications after it has been crushed or processed as a part of the mining operations, or the material may be furnished in two sizes of such gradation that when combined in the central mix plant the resultant mixture shall conform to the required specifications. Impervious 1 07/06 02220 -5 05 -5564 aggregate base, subbase or shoulder material shall conform to the following requirements: ' a. Gradation, Percent by Weight Passing Each Sieve. 2" Sieve 100 ' 3/4" Sieve 60-100 No. 10 Sieve 30-55 No. 60 Sieve 8-35 ' No. 200 Sieve 5-20 ' Tests on Material Passing No. 10 Sieve Volume Change, Percent 0 -18 ' Test on Material Retained on 3/8 Sieve Soft Fragments, Percent 0 -30 ' 3. Method of tests shall be in accordance with the following: Gradation AASHTO: T27 ' Volume Change GHD: 6 Soft Fragments AASHTO: T -189 D. Limerock Base Course: 1. Limerock shall comply with Section 911 of the Florida Department ' of Transportation Standard Specifications and shall not contain cherty or other extremely hard pieces, or lumps, or balls or pockets of sand material in sufficient quantity as to be detrimental to the ' proper bonding, finishing or strength of the limerock base. 2. Gradation and Size Limits: At least 97 percent (by weight of the material shall pass a 3 -1/2 inch sieve and the material shall be graded uniformly down to dust. t The fine material shall consist of dust of fracture. All crushing or breaking up which might be necessary in order to meet such size requirements shall be done before the material is in place. ' E. Common Fill: t 1. Common fill material shall be satisfactory soil material containing no more than 20 percent by weight finer than No. 200 mesh sieve. It shall be free from organic matter, muck, marl, and rock exceeding 2 -1/2 inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar materials. I 2. Material falling within the above specification, encountered during the excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. 1 07106 02220 -6 05 -5564 LJ 71 1 f All material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable materials. F. Bedding Rock: 1. Bedding rock shall be 3/8" to 3/4" washed and graded limerock. This rock shall be graded so that 99% will pass a 3/4" screen and 80% will be retained on a No. 8 screen. Material meeting the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specification for No. 57 stone shall be acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine and accept existing grade of walks, pavements and steps prior to commencement of work and report to Engineer if elevations of existing subgrade substantially vary from elevations shown on the Drawings. 3.02 EXCAVATION 1 07/06 A. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing required grade elevations. B. Excavation Classifications: The following classifications of excavation will be made when unanticipated rock excavation or unclassified excavation is encountered in the work. Do not perform such work until material to be excavated has been cross - sectioned and classified by Engineer. 1. Authorized earth excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification indicated in soil boring data on subsurface conditions, and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of material beyond the limits needed to establish required grade and subgrade elevations without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Engineer shall be at the Contractor's expense. 02220 -7 05 -5564 ' a. Under footings and foundation bases, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of 1 the footing or base to the excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean (unreinforced) concrete fill may be used to bring bottom elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Engineer. Reinforcement shall be placed as needed or directed by the Engineer. ' b. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classifications, unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify the Engineer who will reserve the right to contact a specialized geotechnical consultant and make an inspection of conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at the required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace the excavated material as directed by the Engineer. ' 2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed beyond the authorized limits will be paid on the basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. D. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction or as shown on the Drawings. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 1. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. E. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross - braces, in good serviceable ' condition. 1. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. F. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Maintain groundwater table level a minimum of one -foot below ' excavation level. ' 07/06 02220 -8 05 -5564 J 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, wellpoints, sumps, suction and discharge lies, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or run -off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3. While dewatering for new Construction in the vicinity of existing structures, depletion of the groundwater level underneath these existing structures may cause settlement. To avoid this settlement, the groundwater level under these structures shall be maintained by appropriate methods of construction as approved by the Engineer. G. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 2.. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. H. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown (undercut all structures 3 feet below subgrade) within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations (minimum 5 feet) to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for inspection, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavated by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. 2. Do not excavate to the bearing levels designated on the drawings until surface compaction is completed. 1 3.03 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: Place material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below. 1 07/06 02220 -9 05 -5564 1. Structural fill shall be used below spread footing foundations, slab -on grade floors, and other structures and as backfill within three feet of the below grade portion of structures. 2. Crusher -run gravel shall be used under and around drainage sumps. It can be used at the request of the Contractor and if approved by the Engineer as base material for areas approved by the Engineer. 3. Limerock base course shall be used under roadways, parking areas, walks and for riprap. Limerock base course may be used by the Contractor at other similar locations if approved by the Engineer or indicated on the Drawings. 4. Common fill shall be used at all other locations. 5. Bedding rock shall be used for pipe bedding, under and around manhole base and at other locations indicated on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer. B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1 1. Acceptance by Engineer of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. ' 3. Removal of concrete formwork. 4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. 5. Removal of trash and debris. 6. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls. Layout and location of bracing shall consider loads of the structure as well as the effects of the soil and groundwater. C. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory ' soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow strip, or break -up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing ' surface. 1 07/06 02220 -10 05 -5564 When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture - condition to the optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. ' D. Fill Placement: 1 1. Material placed in fill areas under and around structures shall be deposited within the lines and to the grades shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer, making due allowance for settlement of the material. Backfill shall be carried up evenly on all walls of an individual structure simultaneously with no more than a two foot elevation variation allowed. Fill with no more than a two 4. Fill shall be dumped and spread in layers by a bulldozer or other approved method. During the process of dumping and spreading, all roots, debris, and stones greater in size than specified under Materials, shall be removed from the fill areas, and the Contractor shall assign a sufficient number of men to this work to insure satisfactory compliance with these requirements. 5. If the compacted surface of any layer of material is determined to be too smooth to bond properly with the succeeding layer, it shall be loosened by harrowing or by another approved method before the succeeding layer is placed. 1 6. All fill materials shall be placed and compacted "in- the -dry." The Contractor shall dewater excavated areas as required to perform the work and in such manner as to preserve the undisturbed state ' of the natural inorganic soils. 07/06 02220 -11 05 -5564 foot elevation variation allowed. Fill shall be placed only on ' properly prepare surfaces which have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 2. Fill material can be obtained from cut areas within the construction project site. If sufficient satisfactory soil material is not available ' from excavation on site, the Contractor shall provide fill material as may be required from off -site sources at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Fill shall be brought up in substantially level lifts throughout the site, starting in the deepest portion of the fill. The entire surface of the work shall be maintained free from ruts, and in such condition that construction equipment can readily travel over any section. Fill shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, or against concrete structures until they have attained sufficient strength. 4. Fill shall be dumped and spread in layers by a bulldozer or other approved method. During the process of dumping and spreading, all roots, debris, and stones greater in size than specified under Materials, shall be removed from the fill areas, and the Contractor shall assign a sufficient number of men to this work to insure satisfactory compliance with these requirements. 5. If the compacted surface of any layer of material is determined to be too smooth to bond properly with the succeeding layer, it shall be loosened by harrowing or by another approved method before the succeeding layer is placed. 1 6. All fill materials shall be placed and compacted "in- the -dry." The Contractor shall dewater excavated areas as required to perform the work and in such manner as to preserve the undisturbed state ' of the natural inorganic soils. 07/06 02220 -11 05 -5564 1 11 L� J 3.04 COMPACTION 1 07116 A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified on the structural drawings for each area classification. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer in writing that penetration tests can be performed. Written notice from the Contractor shall precede completion of compaction operations by at least two working days. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: 1. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density in accordance with AASHTO T -180. a. Underneath structures and 5 feet 0 inches around perimeter of foundation: Compact top 12- inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 98% maximum dry density. b. Slabs and Footings: Compact top 12- inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 98% maximum dry density. C. Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6- inches of subgrade 95% maximum dry density d. Walkways: Compact to 6- inches of subgrade 95% maximum dry density e. Pavements: Compact top 12- inches of subgrade at 100% maximum dry density 2. Moisture content of soil shall be within 2% of the optimum. C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply clean water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 2. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction, but is otherwise satisfactory may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to satisfactory value. D. Structural fill shall be placed in layers not more than 9- inches loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment. Each layer shall 02220 -12 05 -5564 F be compacted by a minimum of six coverages with the equipment described below, to at least 98 percent of maximum dry density as determined by AASHTO -T -180. Incidental compaction due to traffic by construction equipment will not be credited toward the required minimum coverages. E. Common fill consisting of other than structural fill shall be placed and compacted in a manner similar to that described above for structural fill, with the following exception: layer thickness prior to compaction may be increased the 12- inches in open area; and common fill except dike fill, required below water level in peat excavation areas may be placed as one lift, in- the -wet, to an elevation one foot above the water level at the time of filling. F. Compaction of the fill by such means shall be to the same degree of compaction as obtained by rubber -tired or vibratory roller equipment, and the Engineer may make the necessary tests to determine the amount compactive effort necessary to obtain equal compaction. Large compaction equipment shall not be used within 5 feet of structures. Compaction equipment is subject to approval by the Engineer. G. Place fill material in layers not more than 12- inches loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. Use manually operated sled -type vibratory compactors next to structures and confined areas not accessible to heavy mechanical compaction equipment. H. If the Engineer shall determine that added moisture is required, water shall be applied by sprinkler tanks or other sprinkler systems, which will insure uniform distribution of the water over the area to be treated, ' distribution of the water over the area to be treated, and give complete and accurate control of the amount of water to be used. If too much water is added, the area shall be permitted to dry before compaction is ' continued. ' I. The Contractor shall supply all hose, piping, valves, sprinklers, pumps, sprinkler tanks, hauling equipment, and all other materials and equipment necessary to place the water in the fill in the manner specified. 3.05 GRADING ' A. General: Uniformly grade fill areas within limits of project including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where ' elevations are shown, or between such point and existing grades. No soft spots or uncompacted areas will be allowed in the work. 1 07/06 02220 -13 05 -5564 1 B. Grading Outside Structure Lines: Grade areas adjacent to structures as shown on the Drawings, to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: 1. Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to within not more than 0.10 feet above or below the required elevation. ' 2. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross - section, with finish surface not more than 0.15 feet above the required subgrade and not below surrounding grade to avoid 1 ponding water from runoff. C. Grading Surface of Fill Under Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2 -inch when tested with a 10 -foot straightedge. D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 2 -1/2 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6- inches of the subgrade line of ' all dike, fills or embankments. E. All cut and fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section ' and alignment shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer to prevent ponding water on driveways, walkways or against structures. ' F. During grading, protect all buried valved extensions and covers, sprinklers and any other mechanical or structural object protruding from below grade. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: The Contractor shall retain a certified laboratory and make all arrangements for testing necessary to comply with these specifications, at locations directed by the Engineer in accordance with Section 01410. Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed. The Engineer shall receive copies of all laboratory test results. B. If in the opinion of the Engineer, based on testing service reports and ' inspection, subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no additional ' expense. 3.07 MAINTENANCE 07/06 02220 -14 05 -5564 � 3.08 t t 1 07/06 A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 1. Repair and re- establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIAL A. All surplus and unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of in one of the following ways as directed by the Engineer. 1. Transport to soil storage area on Owner's property and stockpile or spread as directed by the Engineer. 2. Transport from Owner's property and legally dispose of. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material beyond Owner's property shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. 3. Transport from Owner's property to a remote location as directed by the Owner or Engineer for use by the Owner. Costs for transportation shall be borne by the Contractor. The remote location shall be within the confines of the City. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets that specifications for satisfactory material and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operator of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. C. Excavated rock may be used in open fill areas only with the approval of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02220 -15 05 -5564 F11 J 1 1 SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to perform all excavation, backfill, fill, grading and slope protection required to complete the piping work shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: catch basins, manholes, vaults, duct conduit, pipe, and roadways and paving; all bedding, backfilling, fill and required borrow; grading and disposal of surplus and unsuitable materials; and all related work such as sheeting, bracing and water handling. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02100: Site Preparation 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and review the available test borings or undertake his own soil borings prior to submitting his bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect his work. The Owner and Engineer will not assume responsibility for variations of sub -soil quality or conditions at locations other than places shown and at the time the investigation was made. Boring log data is included in this section. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer and the Owner of such piping or utility immediately for directions. 2. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 07106 02221 -1 05 -5564 3. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated on the drawings to be removed. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations ' occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork ' operations. 1.05 TRENCH PROTECTION ' A. The Contractor shall construct and maintain sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent any movement ' which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction, and to protect adjacent structures, existing piping and foundation material from disturbance, undermining, or other damage. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, but if voids are formed they shall be immediately filled and compacted. ' B. For pipe trench sheeting, no sheeting is to be withdrawn if driven below mid - diameter of any pipe, and no wood sheeting shall be cut off at a level lower than 1 foot above the top of any pipe unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. If during the progress of the work the Engineer decides that ' additional wood sheeting should be left in place, he may direct the Contractor in writing. If steel sheeting is used for trench sheeting, removal shall be as specified above, unless written approval is given by the Engineer for an alternate method of removal. C. All sheeting and bracing, not left in place, shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction or other structures, utilities, existing piping, or property. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall immediately be refilled with sand or ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose, by watering or otherwise as may be directed. D. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the ' Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property occurring from or upon the work occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of a failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting ' 07/06 02221 -2 05 -5564 1 1 � , os 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 07/06 and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. DEWATERING, DRAINAGE AND FLOATATION A. The Contractor shall construct and place all drainage piping, structural fill and bedding rock, in- the -dry. In addition, the Contractor shall make the final 24 inches of excavation for this work in- the -dry and not until the water level is a minimum of twelve inches below proposed bottom of excavation. B. The Contractor shall, at all times during construction, provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering excavations and keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until the fill and structure to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural elevations. C. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the natural undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. D. Wellpoints may be required for predrainage of the soils prior to final excavation for some of the deeper in- ground structures, and for maintaining the lowered groundwater level until construction has been completed to such an extent that the structure or fill will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Wellpoints shall be surrounded by suitable filter sand and no fines shall be removed by pumping. Pumping from wellpoints shall be continuous and standby pumps shall be provided. E. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, permits and equipment and perform all work required to install and maintain the drainage systems he proposes for handling groundwater and surface water encountered during construction of structures and compacted fills. F. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's proposed method of dewatering shall include a groundwater observation well at each structure to be used to determine the water level during construction of the structure. Locations of the observation wells shall be at structures as approved by the Engineer prior to their installation. The observation wells shall be extended to 6 inches above finished grade, capped with screw -on caps protected by 24" x 24" wide concrete base, and left in place at the completion of this Project. G. Prior to excavation, the Contractor shall submit his proposed method of dewatering and maintaining dry conditions to the Engineer for approval. However, such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of the 02221 -3 05 -5564 responsibility for the satisfactory performance of the system. The contractor shall be responsible for correcting any disturbance or natural bearing soils or damage to structures caused by an inadequate dewatering system or by interruption of the continuous operation of the system as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials for use as base fill and backfill shall be as described below. a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D -2321 soil classification designation Class I, II, and III. b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in ASTM D- 2321 soil classification designation Class IV and V along with peat and other highly organic soils. 2. Materials shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to the site. B. Foundation 1. A stable foundation must be provided to insure proper line and grade is maintained. Unsuitable foundations must be stabilized at the engineer's direction. Unsuitable or unstable foundations may be undercut and replaced with a suitable bedding material, placed in 6" lifts. Other methods of stabilization, such as geotextiles may be appropriate based on the engineer's judgment. C. Bedding: 1. A stable and uniform bedding shall be provided for the pipe and any protruding features of its joints and /or fittings. The middle of the bedding equal to 1/3 of the O.D. should be loosely placed, with the remainder compacted to a minimum of 90% standard proctor density. Class I, II, and III materials are suitable for use as bedding. 1 07/06 02221 -4 05 -5564 D. Haunching 1. Proper haunching provides a major portion of the pipes strength and stability therefore care must be exercised in insure placement and compaction of the embedment material in the haunches. For larger diameter pipes ( >30 ") embedment materials should be worked under the haunches by hand. Haunching materials may be Class I, II, or III and must be placed and compacted in 8" maximum lifts, compacted to 90% standard proctor density. E. Initial Backfill: 1. Initial backfill materials are required to a minimum of the pipe diameter for proper structural performance of the pipe. The ASTM specifications extend the initial backfill from the springline to 6 " -12" above the pipe to provide protection for the pipe from construction operations during placement of the final backfill and protect the pipe form stones or cobbles in the final backfill. For proper structural performance of the pipe, the initial backfill need only extend to the pipe diameter. Class I, II, or III materials may be used as initial backfill however: a. Class I materials must be used in wet trenches if Class I bedding and haunching materials are used. b. Class II materials must be compacted in 6" lifts to 90% standard proctor density. C. Class III materials must be compacted in 6" lifts to 90% standard proctor density. F. Final Backfill: 1. Final backfill may be Class I, II, or III and must be placed and compacted in 12" maximum lifts and compacted to a minimum of 85% standard proctor density to prevent excessive settlement at the surface. 2.02 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample of fill material obtained from on -site sources at least ten calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. B. For each material obtained from other than on -site sources, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of the material and shall 17106 02221 -5 05 -5564 ' furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample at least ten calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All excavation, backfill and grading necessary to complete the work shall be made by the Contractor and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract price. I B. Material shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to site. C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to maintain the work area in a safe and workable condition. D. The Contractor shall protect his work at all times by flagging, marking, lighting and barricading. It shall also be the Contractor's responsibility to preserve and protect all above and underground structures, pipelines, ' conduits, cables, drains, or utilities which are existing at the time he encounters them. Failure of the Drawings to show the existence of these obstructions shall not relieve the Contractor from this responsibility. The cost of repair of damage which occurs to these obstructions during or as a result of construction shall be borne by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owners. 3.02 INSPECTION ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine and accept existing grade of athletic field, Swale, walks, pavements and steps prior to commencement of work and report to Engineer if elevations of existing subgrade substantially vary from elevations shown on the Drawings. 3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION ' A. Excavation for all trenches required for the installation of pipes shall be made to the depths indicated on the Drawings. Excavate trench to provide minimum of 30 -inch clear cover over the pipe bell unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Excavate in such manner and to such widths as will give suitable room for laying the pipe within the trenches, for bracing and supporting and for pumping and drainage facilities. The ' 07/06 02221 -6 05 -5564 t trench width at the top of the pipe shall not exceed the allowable as determined by the depth of cut and indicated on the Drawings. ' B. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow strip, or break -up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. C. Rock shall be removed to a minimum 8- inches clearance around the bottom and sides of all the pipe or ducts being laid. ' D. Where pipe is to be laid in limerock bedding or encased in concrete, the be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. trench may be excavated by machinery to or just below the designated ' 07/06 02221 -7 05 -5564 subgrade provided that the material remaining in the bottom of the trench remains undisturbed. E. Where the pipes or ducts are to be laid directly on the trench bottom the lower part of the trenches shall not be excavated to the trench bottom by machinery. The last of the material being excavated shall be done manually in such a manner that will give a flat bottom true to grade so that pipe can evenly and uniformly supported along its entire length on undisturbed material or bedding rock. Bell holes shall be made as required manually so that there is no bearing surface on the bells and ' pipes are supported along the barrel only. F. The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry and in all respects acceptable to the Engineer. Excavate any organic soil material from the bottom of the trench and replace with rock bedding, at least 4 inches thick. G. Excavation is Unclassified, and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered. H. Unauthorized Excavation: Removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction. ' Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expense. ' I. Additional Excavation: 1. When unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed by Engineer. 2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. ' 07/06 02221 -7 05 -5564 J. Stability of Excavations: ' 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. 2. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. ' 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. K. Shoring and Bracing: 1. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply twith local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. L. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations. ' 2. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. 3. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and ' discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. M. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. N. Trenches shall be uniform width required for the particular item to be installed, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room. Provide minimum 8 in. clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. 1. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required for indicated flow lines and invert elevations. ' 2. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6 in. below scheduled elevation and backfill with a 6 in. layer of crushed stone or gravel ' prior to installation of pipe. 3. For pipes or conduit 5 in. or less, excavate to indicated depths. 07/06 02221 -8 05 -5564 ' Hand excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. ' 4. For pipes or conduit 6 in. or larger, tanks and other work indicated to receive subbase, excavate to subbase depth indicated, or, if not ' otherwise indicated, to 6 in. below bottom of work to be supported. 5. Except as otherwise indicated, excavate for exterior water - bearing piping so top of piping is minimum 30" below finished grade. 6. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells 1 to provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe. N. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by Engineer. 3.04 PIPE INTERFERENCES 1 A. The contractor shall abide b the following schedule of criteria concerning Y 9 9 interferences with other utilities. 1. In no case shall there be less than 0.3 feet between et een any two ' pipelines and structures. 2. Class I Concrete Encasement: Wherever there is more than 0.3 1 foot, but not less than 1.5 foot clearance between water mains or water services, then a concrete encasement shall be provided in accordance with the typical detail as shown on the Drawings. !j 3. Class II Concrete Encasement: Wherever there is more than 0.3 foot, but less than 1.0 foot clearance between any two pipe lines, or ' between pipe lines and structures, then a concrete encasement shall be provided in accordance with the typical detail as shown on the Drawings. ' B. The Engineer shall have full authority to direct the placement of the various pipes and structures in order to facilitate construction, expedite ' completion and to avoid conflicts. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. Backfilling over pipes shall begin as soon as practical after the pipe has been laid, jointed, and inspected and the trench filled with suitable ' compacted material to the mid - diameter of the pipe. B. All backfilling shall be prosecuted expeditiously as work permits, but not 1 07106 02221 -9 05 -5564 1 until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including waterproofing and perimeter insulation. ' 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. 3. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. E. Haunching 1. Proper haunching provides a major portion of the pipes strength ' and stability therefore care must be exercised in insure placement and compaction of the embedment material in the haunches. For larger diameter pipes ( >30 ") embedment materials should be worked under the haunches by hand. Haunching materials may be Class I, II, or III and must be placed and compacted in 8" maximum lifts, compacted to 90% standard proctor density. F. Initial Backfill: 1. Initial backfill materials are required to a minimum of the pipe diameter for proper structural performance of the pipe. The ASTM specifications extend the initial backfill from the springline to 6 " -12" above the pipe to provide protection for the pipe from construction operations during placement of the final backfill and protect the pipe form stones or cobbles in the final backfill. For proper 1 01106 02221 -10 05 -5564 C. Foundation 1. A stable foundation must be provided to insure proper line and grade is maintained. Unsuitable foundations must be stabilized at the engineer's direction. Unsuitable or unstable foundations may be undercut and replaced with a suitable bedding material, placed in 6" lifts. Other methods of stabilization, such as geotextiles may be appropriate based on the engineer's judgment. ' D. Bedding: ' 1. A stable and uniform bedding shall be provided for the pipe and any protruding features of its joints and /or fittings. The middle of the bedding equal to 1/3 of the O.D. should be loosely placed, with ' the remainder compacted to a minimum of 90% standard proctor density. Class I, II, III and materials are suitable for use as bedding. E. Haunching 1. Proper haunching provides a major portion of the pipes strength ' and stability therefore care must be exercised in insure placement and compaction of the embedment material in the haunches. For larger diameter pipes ( >30 ") embedment materials should be worked under the haunches by hand. Haunching materials may be Class I, II, or III and must be placed and compacted in 8" maximum lifts, compacted to 90% standard proctor density. F. Initial Backfill: 1. Initial backfill materials are required to a minimum of the pipe diameter for proper structural performance of the pipe. The ASTM specifications extend the initial backfill from the springline to 6 " -12" above the pipe to provide protection for the pipe from construction operations during placement of the final backfill and protect the pipe form stones or cobbles in the final backfill. For proper 1 01106 02221 -10 05 -5564 ' H. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified for particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture - condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. t I. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. J. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, without wedging against structures or displacement of piping or conduit. Compaction equipment used within 10 ft. of buried walls and soil supported structures shall not exceed 2000 lbs. 3.06 COMPACTION 07/06 A. Areas to be compacted shall be moistened and compacted by either rolling, tamping or any other approved method by the Engineer in order to obtain a minimum 90% standard proctor density for the foundation, bedding, haunching, and initial backfill, and a minimum of 85% standard proctor density for the final backfill. The Contractor shall inspect all compacted areas prior to further construction operations to ensure that satisfactory compaction has been obtained. All backfill adjacent to structures and pipes shall be compacted to a density of not less than 100 percent of the maximum standard proctor density. If density tests are required, such tests shall be made as directed by the Engineer at the 02221 -11 05 -5564 structural performance of the pipe, the initial backfill need only extend to the pipe diameter. Class I, Il, or III materials may be used as initial backfill however: a. Class I materials must be used in wet trenches if Class I bedding and haunching materials are used. b. Class II materials must be compacted in 6" lifts to 90% ' standard proctor density. C. Class III materials must be compacted in 6" lifts to 90% standard proctor density. G. Final Backfill: 1. Final backfill may be Class I, II, or III and must be placed and compacted in 12" maximum lifts and compacted to a minimum of 85% standard proctor density to prevent excessive settlement at the surface. ' H. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified for particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture - condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. t I. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. J. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, without wedging against structures or displacement of piping or conduit. Compaction equipment used within 10 ft. of buried walls and soil supported structures shall not exceed 2000 lbs. 3.06 COMPACTION 07/06 A. Areas to be compacted shall be moistened and compacted by either rolling, tamping or any other approved method by the Engineer in order to obtain a minimum 90% standard proctor density for the foundation, bedding, haunching, and initial backfill, and a minimum of 85% standard proctor density for the final backfill. The Contractor shall inspect all compacted areas prior to further construction operations to ensure that satisfactory compaction has been obtained. All backfill adjacent to structures and pipes shall be compacted to a density of not less than 100 percent of the maximum standard proctor density. If density tests are required, such tests shall be made as directed by the Engineer at the 02221 -11 05 -5564 expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall instruct the testing laboratory to forward copies of all test reports to the Engineer. Written notice from the Contractor shall precede completion of compaction operations by at least two working days. B. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply clean water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too 1 wet to permit compaction to specified density. 2. Moisture content of soil shall be within 2% of the optimum. 1 3. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction, but is otherwise satisfactory may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to satisfactory value. ' 3.07 GRADING A. Grading shall be performed at such places as are indicated on the Drawings, to the lines, grades and elevations shown or as directed by the Engineer and shall be made in such manner that the requirements for formation of embankments can be followed. All unacceptable material encountered, of whatever nature within the limits indicated, shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the prosecution or condition of the work. B. If at the time of excavation it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent structure, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. No extras will be considered for the stockpiling or double handling of excavated material. C. The right is reserved to make minute adjustments or revisions in lines or grades if found necessary as the work progresses, due to discrepancies on the Drawings or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. D. Grading Surface of Athletic Field Fill: Athletic field shall be sloped at 1.0% from the crown to the edge of the field on each side, and compacted as specified. I 1 07/06 02221 -12 05 -5564 1 J. The Contractor shall replace all pavement cut or otherwise damaged during the progress of the work as specified elsewhere herein or as shown on the Drawings. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE AND SURPLUS MATERIAL A. All surplus and unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of at the Contractor's cost in one of the following ways as directed by the Engineer. 1. Transport to soil storage area on Owner's property and stockpile or spread as directed by the Engineer. 2. Transport from Owner's property and legally dispose of. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material beyond Owner's property shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. Copies of all required permits shall be provided to the Engineer. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets the specifications for common fill and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operation of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. END OF SECTION 07/06 02221 -13 05 -5564 i E. Grading Outside Athletic Field Lines: Finished grade adjacent to or outside of athletic field shall be restored to original elevations. F. Stones or rock fragments larger than 2 1/2 inches in their greatest dimensions will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade line of all fills or embankments. G. All fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross - section and alignment shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. H. In cut, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut and fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross - section and alignment shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. I. No grading is to be done in areas where there are existing pipe lines that may be uncovered or damaged until such lines which must be maintained ' are relocated, or where lines are to be abandoned, all required valves are closed and drains plugged at manholes. J. The Contractor shall replace all pavement cut or otherwise damaged during the progress of the work as specified elsewhere herein or as shown on the Drawings. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE AND SURPLUS MATERIAL A. All surplus and unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of at the Contractor's cost in one of the following ways as directed by the Engineer. 1. Transport to soil storage area on Owner's property and stockpile or spread as directed by the Engineer. 2. Transport from Owner's property and legally dispose of. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material beyond Owner's property shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. Copies of all required permits shall be provided to the Engineer. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets the specifications for common fill and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operation of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. END OF SECTION 07/06 02221 -13 05 -5564 i SECTION 02481 SHRUB AND TREE RELOCATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the Fine Grading work, as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS ". A. Plant materials to be relocated on site are designated on the drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect. B. The Contractor's crew utilized for the relocation of existing trees and shrubs shall have minimum five years experience in relocation of existing plant materials and be recognized by the American Association of Nurserymen. C. Existing trees to remain shall be protected during all construction phases as noted on demolition plan. Any trees or shrubs scarred or destroyed 1 designated to remain will be replaced at the Contractor's expense, with similar species, size and quality. D. Remove other trees, saplings, shrubs, bushes, vines and undergrowth as necessary and as directed by the Landscape Architect to accommodate new plantings. Prepare areas to be planted per Specification Sections 02484, 02487, and 02490. E. Resulting tree pits and shrub bed pits of relocated material shall be backfilled with clean fill and brought back flush with surrounding grade if required. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to correct problems caused by erosion, wind, etc., in the reclaimed area where he has dug. F. In areas where new plant material will replace relocated plant material, appropriate planting soil mix shall be used as backfill. t 1 07/06 02481 -1 05 -5564 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes ' C. Section 02487 - Sodding D. Section 02490 - Trees, Plants, and Groundcover 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Plant materials to be relocated on site are designated on the drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect. B. The Contractor's crew utilized for the relocation of existing trees and shrubs shall have minimum five years experience in relocation of existing plant materials and be recognized by the American Association of Nurserymen. C. Existing trees to remain shall be protected during all construction phases as noted on demolition plan. Any trees or shrubs scarred or destroyed 1 designated to remain will be replaced at the Contractor's expense, with similar species, size and quality. D. Remove other trees, saplings, shrubs, bushes, vines and undergrowth as necessary and as directed by the Landscape Architect to accommodate new plantings. Prepare areas to be planted per Specification Sections 02484, 02487, and 02490. E. Resulting tree pits and shrub bed pits of relocated material shall be backfilled with clean fill and brought back flush with surrounding grade if required. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to correct problems caused by erosion, wind, etc., in the reclaimed area where he has dug. F. In areas where new plant material will replace relocated plant material, appropriate planting soil mix shall be used as backfill. t 1 07/06 02481 -1 05 -5564 1 1.04 SUBMITTALS C. Repair damage to other plants, lawn or construction work during plant replacement at no cost to the Owner (this includes, but is not limited to, damage to curbs, walks, roads, fences, site furnishings, etc.). 1.06 TAGGING A. Trees and shrubs within the designated areas for relocation shall be clearly marked by means of yellow plastic surveyor's ribbons and coordinated with Landscape Architect and shall be inspected and approved by the Owner's representative prior to root pruning and /or digging. 1.07 ROOT PRUNING A. Trees to be relocated shall be root pruned at least 45 days prior to digging with clean, sharp equipment. No mechanical means (ie. Backhoes) may be utilized for the root pruning only shovels or jackhammer type shovels shall be permitted. A pneumatic excavating tool may be utilized to expose the roots at locations within 5' from existing trees to better route lines or pipes to preserve the root mass of those trees noted to remain. The specific requirements for root ball sizes shall be in accordance with the table below or to the drip line of the tree. The root - pruned trees shall be watered 3 times a week by Landscape Contractor as part of this contract. B. Palms and shrubs to be relocated shall be root pruned at least 30 days prior to digging, with clean, sharp equipment. Palms relocated by tree spade may forego the root - pruning requirement, but shall adhere to root ball size charts below. C. Root Ball Size Chart - Note: Root ball sizes shall be in accordance with minimum standards set forth in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part II, Palms and Trees, Florida Department of Agriculture. 1 07/06 02481 -2 05 -5564 A. Contractor to submit a list of equipment, procedure, and labor force anticipated for use of shrub and tree relocation. B. Contractor to submit a schedule by day as to how many units can be dug and relocated to specified areas. Note for those materials that may require root pruning, the relocation schedule to begin at the end of the specified root pruning period. C. Contractor shall apply and secure any and all permits if required by any city, state, or federal agency or governing body. 1 1.05 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all plant material for a period of twelve months after date of 1 Substantial Completion. B. Replacement plants under this guarantee shall be replaced within two i weeks of rejection and guaranteed for twelve months from date of installation. C. Repair damage to other plants, lawn or construction work during plant replacement at no cost to the Owner (this includes, but is not limited to, damage to curbs, walks, roads, fences, site furnishings, etc.). 1.06 TAGGING A. Trees and shrubs within the designated areas for relocation shall be clearly marked by means of yellow plastic surveyor's ribbons and coordinated with Landscape Architect and shall be inspected and approved by the Owner's representative prior to root pruning and /or digging. 1.07 ROOT PRUNING A. Trees to be relocated shall be root pruned at least 45 days prior to digging with clean, sharp equipment. No mechanical means (ie. Backhoes) may be utilized for the root pruning only shovels or jackhammer type shovels shall be permitted. A pneumatic excavating tool may be utilized to expose the roots at locations within 5' from existing trees to better route lines or pipes to preserve the root mass of those trees noted to remain. The specific requirements for root ball sizes shall be in accordance with the table below or to the drip line of the tree. The root - pruned trees shall be watered 3 times a week by Landscape Contractor as part of this contract. B. Palms and shrubs to be relocated shall be root pruned at least 30 days prior to digging, with clean, sharp equipment. Palms relocated by tree spade may forego the root - pruning requirement, but shall adhere to root ball size charts below. C. Root Ball Size Chart - Note: Root ball sizes shall be in accordance with minimum standards set forth in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part II, Palms and Trees, Florida Department of Agriculture. 1 07/06 02481 -2 05 -5564 1. LARGE SHRUBS - Minimum Ball Sizes: a. Caliper Minimum Ball Diameter 1" - 1-1/2" 16" 1-1/2" - 1 -3/4" 20" 1 -3/4" - 2" 22" 2" - 2 -1/2" 24" 2-1/2" - 3-1/2" 26" 3 -1/2" - 4" 28" 4" - 4-1/2" 30" 4 -1/2" - 5" 32" 5" - 5 -1/2" 34" Larger sizes increase proportionately. b. Minimum Ball Depth 1) Balls with diameter less than 20" — depth not less than 75% of diameter. 2) Balls with diameter 20 " -30" — depth not less than 65% of diameter. 3) Balls with diameter 30" — 48" — depth not less than 60% of diameter, 4) Larger size scale down proportionately. 2. PALMS - Minimum Ball Sizes: a. Heavy Trunk Types: Caliper 18" Minimum Ball Size above ground (Measurements from Base of Trunk at Ground Level) 9 -12" 10" 13 -14" 11" 15 -16" 12" 17 -18" 13" 19 -20" 14" 21 -24" 15" b. Slender Trunk Types (Palms): Maximum 2 feet Minimum Ball Size clear trunk wood (Measurements from Base of Trunk at Ground Level) Caliper measurements above ground 3" 6 -1/2" 07/06 02481 -3 05 -5564 4" 7" 5" 7 -1/2" 611 811 7" 8 -1/2" 8-1 911 9" 9 -1/2" 10" 1011 Clear trunk wood 2 -3 feet or more. 36" C. Depth of Ball Minimum Ball Depth 1) Upto2ft 14" clear wood 2) 2 ft or more 22" clear wood d. Cluster Types Minimum ball to exceed 8" beyond outer trunk Depth of Ball Minimum Ball Depth 1) 1 -6 ft 22" clear trunk 2) 7 ft or more 30" clear trunk e. Roots must be sturdily established in ball that has been tightly wrapped and securely tied with twine or wire, or pinned. f. Burlapping will not be required if the palm is dug from marl or heavy soil that adheres to roots and retains its shape without shattering, provided moistened material is used to cover the ball, the roots are not directly exposed to wind or sun, and the palm is planted within 24 hours after being dug. g. When collected palms are grown on top of rock and are peeled off, the depth of the ball may be less than minimum ball size in chart, but width of ball and volume of roots should be sufficient to ensure normal recovery and continued growth. 1.08 WATERING A. Following root pruning, trees designated for transplanting shall be watered for a period of five consecutive days following root pruning and then every 07/06 02481 -4 05 -5564 other day until moving. Such watering shall thoroughly saturate the root ball to its full depth. 1.09 CROWN PREPARATION A. Sabal Palms: ' 1. Cut off bottom fronds as necessary according to condition of palm and time of moving 1 2. Cut off one or more unopened leaves on each side of tightly closed center leaf. 3. Tie several fronds in upright position to unopened center leaves. 4. Tie remaining fronds together using untreated cotton twine or 2- inch burlap strips. NOTE: Another acceptable procedure is banding a length or lengths of 2x4 lumber on trunk extending to 3/4 height of unopened leaves and tying all fronds and unopened leaves to lumber with untreated cotton twine. Adequate support shall be given to the bud and opened leaves. C. Cluster Type Palms- 1 . Wire against the palm trunk a piece of 2x4 lumber of sufficient length to give adequate support to open and unopened leaves. The lumber must also be long enough to extend upward from where the bud emerges to within 3/4 of length of all leaves and downward approximately the same distance from where it is wired to trunk. 2. Tie fronds in upright position to lumber using untreated cotton twine. 3. Trunks with little or no wood may have their fronds tied to another ' trunk that is supported by wood. D. Shade and Flowering Trees: ti 1. Minimal trimming to the canopy shall occur. In so doing, preserve the basic shape and form of the tree; eliminate cross - branching and dead or diseased branches. Wrap 6 layers of burlapping around the trunk where nursery ties are to be placed. 2. Treat cut areas larger than one inch (1") diameter with approved tree wound dressing only at Landscape Architect's direction. 3. Selected species shall have all leaves hand stripped following ' pruning and prior to moving. r07/06 02481 -5 05 -5564 4. Trees moved with leaves intact shall be treated with spray antidessicant according to manufacturer's recommendations and upon Landscape Architect's direction prior to moving. 1.10 TREE SPADING /HAND DIGGING A. Plant materials indicated to be relocated may be relocated by means of a tree spade. The specific requirements for root ball size shall be in accordance with root ball size charges, Section 1.08. B. Burlapping will be required if trees, large shrubs, or palms will be relocated to an area not accessible by the tree spade equipment or if a tree spade is not used. Trees or palms that are dug by tree spade and then burlapped for relocation shall comply and be handled in same manner as new plant materials specified in Section 02490. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION II 011,1J7I1111[N_T:MM 3.01 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION A. Trees, palms, and large shrubs shall be properly handled during moving so trunks will not be scarred or damaged and to avoid broken limbs. Broken limbs or scarred /damaged trunks shall cause plant to be unacceptable and rejected at Landscape Architect's option. Broken limbs and wounds which do not (in the Landscape Architect's judgment) cause the tree to be rejected shall be repaired under the following guidelines: 1. Properly prune dead, dying, or damaged branches with clean, sharp equipment. 2. Remove injured bark and wood of a tree wound with a clean, sharp knife to a point where healthy bark and wood make contact at their margins. 3. Inspect and treat wounds for insect and disease. 4. Seal wounds with bituminous base wound paint only at Landscape Architect's direction. B. Transport plant material on vehicles of adequate size to prevent overcrowding, broken limbs, foliage damage or root ball damage. C. Root ball should be kept moist during all phases of relocation. D. Root ball sizes for small and medium shrubs shall be 1/3 larger than nursery grown stock of the same size and species. Ensure root ball is solid and remains intact. 07/06 02481 -6 05 -5564 E. Tree and palm crowns shall be protected with shade cloth to prevent desiccation and wind burn. Crowns shall be periodically sprayed with water to help ensure against desiccation. F. Groundcovers designated as divisions will consist of healthy offshoots with adequate root mass to ensure successful transplant. G. Inspect all plant material for insect/disease problems. Take appropriate action before loading to ensure all plant material is free of any harmful insect/disease problem. This precaution does not preclude rejection at the site. Apply pesticides in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and all government standards. H. Plant material shall be handled only in ways and means accepted by the industry and approved by the Landscape Architect. I. Plant material shall be planted the same day it is dug. Preparation of planting pits or beds shall be coordinated to ensure this schedule. 3.02 PLANTING A. Tree Spade Material: 1. Plant materials that are tree spaded and are relocated to areas accessible by tree spade equipment shall be planted in tree spaded planting pits as required. 2. Plant materials that are tree spaded and are relocated to areas that are not accessible by tree spade equipment shall be planted according to procedures described for new plant materials in Section 02490. 3. Contractor shall continue watering and caring for relocated material as described in paragraph 3.04 and as described for new material, Section 02490. B. Hand Dug Material: 1. Relocated plant material shall be planted according to procedures described for new material, Section 02490. Additionally, terrasorb shall be added to backfill. 2. Contractor shall continue watering and caring for relocated material as described in paragraph 3.04 and as described for new material, Section 02490. Relocated material which does not survive shall be replaced with equal canopy at no cost to the Owner. 3.03 FERTILIZER A. Relocated plant materials shall be fertilized immediately after transplanting. B. Fertilizer shall be applied according to procedures described for new materials, 02484 and 02490. 07/06 02481 -7 05 -5564 3.04 STAKING AND GUYING A. Designated material shall be staked and guyed according to procedures described for new plant materials, Section 02490. 3.05 WATERING A. Contractor shall be responsible for the manual watering of relocated plant materials by providing a 90 -day watering program, until they are established. B. Following tree spading and /or relocation, trees and palms designated for transplanting shall be watered twice a day for the first two weeks, every two days for the third week to the sixth week following the installed date, every third day for the remainder of the 90 day period, completely saturating the root ball for a period of thirty consecutive days following moving. Such watering shall thoroughly saturate the root ball to its full depth. After ninety day watering period plant materials shall be watered and maintained as according to procedures described for new plant materials, Section 02490. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. All relocated plant materials shall be maintained immediately after each item is planted and continued until final inspection and acceptance. B. All relocated plant materials shall be maintained in accordance to procedures described in Section 02490. END OF SECTION 07/06 02481 -8 05 -5564 SECTION 02484 SOIL PREPARATION AND SOIL MIXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the soil preparation and soil mixes work, as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS ". B. Including, but not limited to: 1. Topsoil 2. Soil Conditioners 3. Planting Soil Mixes 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02210 - Fine Grading B. Section 02481 - Shrub and Tree Relocation C. Section 02487 - Sodding D. Section 02490 - Trees, Plants, and Groundcover 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: Independent testing laboratory B. Requirements or Regulatory Agencies: Conform to requirements of all City, County and State agencies. C. Reference standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Test Reports: Test reports shall consist of pH range, major and minor element analysis, soluble salt concentrations, and recommendations. Reports shall be identified by project name, date, and soil mix type. 1. Results of topsoil (on -site existing soil) analysis. 2. Results of planting soil mix(es) analysis: One test required per each type of soil mix (note: pH ranges for plant type). 07/06 02484 -1 05 -5564 B. Certificates: 1. The Contractor must submit certificates from suppliers stating that the topsoil mix, sod and other landscape material used comply with requirements specified. 2. Manufacturer's certificate of fertilizer's chemical composition including but not limited to percentage and derivation of nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, and micro - nutrients. 3. Manufacturer's certification and /or testing laboratory certification that content of soil conditioners meet specification requirements. C. Soil Samples: 1. Submit a one -pound sample of each soil mix specified. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall become familiar with the site and the required work to complete this section in accordance with the drawings and what is specified herein. B. Responsibility for fine grading shall occur under a separate contract. Any changes, modifications, or disturbances to the fine grading shall be corrected by the responsible contractor. C. PROTECTION: Protect and avoid any damage whatsoever to existing walks, pavement, curbs, utilities, plant material, and any other existing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TOP SOIL A. Topsoil shall be a 80 -20 mix, 80% fresh water sand (medium to coarse grade) and 20% inland glades muck thoroughly mixed with a commercial shredder /blender or equivalent., It shall be suitable for ornamental plant growth and free from hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, gravel, subsoil, brush, large roots, refuse or other deleterious material, and of reasonably uniform quality. No site mixing will be acceptable. 6 inches of topsoil depth shall be required throughout. B. Mechanical analysis: Topsoil and soil mixture(s) shall meet these specifications and the following mechanical analysis, and shall be proportioned by volume rather than by weight. Sieve Size % Passing By Dry Weight 1 inch 99 -100 1/4 inch 97 -99 No. 100 40 -60 07/06 02484 -2 05 -5564 Materials larger than one -half inch shall be disposed of off the site or as directed by the architect. Existing leaf litter and plant material shall be excluded from topsoil and soil mix. C. Maximum Soluble Salts: 300 ppm. D. Sterilize topsoil to be used in soil mixture(s) to make free of all viable nut grass, and other undesirable weed seeds. E. A sample of the sand and a sample of the 80 -20 sand and muck mixture shall be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to installation. F. The Owner has the right to reject topsoil utilized at anytime during the execution of work that does not meet specifications. Topsoil and planting soil will be tested at Owners request for suitability of horticultural use. 2.02 SOIL CONDITIONERS A. Dolomitic Limestone: Approved product, designated for agriculture use. B. Aluminum Sulfate: Manufacturer's standard commercial grade. C. Florida Peat: Suitable for plant growth, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, and specifically pulverized for agricultural use. Florida peat shall be free of deleterious materials that would be harmful to plant growth, shall be free of nematodes, shall be of uniform quality, and shall have a pH value between 5.5 and 6.5 (as determined in accordance with ASTM E70). Florida peat shall be sterilized to make free of all viable nut grass and other undesirable weeds. D. Pesticides: As recommended by applicable Agricultural Public Agencies. Need to be stored in containers that will protect against accidental leaks, or off site. E. Herbicides: As recommended by applicable Agricultural Public Agencies. Need to be stored in containers that will protect against accidental leaks, or off site. F. Soil Fumigants: As recommended by applicable Agricultural Public Agencies. Need to be stored in containers that will protect against accidental leaks, or off site. G. Fertilizer: 1. Commercial grade fertilizer to comply with State of Florida Fertilizer laws. Chemical designation shall be as specified with at least 50% of the nitrogen derived from a non -water soluble organic source and all potash to be derived from sulfate forms for all plantings excluding sod and plantings on the lake edges. Chemical designation shall be as specified with at least 80% of the nitrogen derived from a non - water - soluble organic source and all potash to be derived from sulfate forms for all sod and plantings on lake edges. 07/06 02484 -3 05 -5564 The followin g minor elements shall be included: 2.2% ZnO 0.25% CuO 4.0% MgO 0.005% Fe203 0.5% MnO 0.1 % B203 a. Federal Specifications 0-F0241 Type 1, Grade A or B. b. The chemical designation for granular fertilizer for all plantings shall be 12 -8 -8. 2. Fertilizer to be stored in containers that will protect against accidental leaks, or off site. H. Water: Free or substances harmful to growth of plants. Water shall also be free of staining agents as well as elements causing odors. ' I. Soil Sterilizers: As recommended by State and Local Agriculture agencies. J. Sand: Clean, white, coarse - grained builders sand, free of substances harmful to growth of plants. K. Supply complete information on all analysis /test methodologies and results; laboratory certifications, manufacturer's specifications, and agency approvals to Landscape Architect prior to placement of soil conditioners. Landscape contractor shall make all modifications and improvements to soil and soil mixes deemed necessary by Landscape Architect to meet requirements herein, and to ensure proper growing medium for all plant material without cost to Owner, prior to planting. 2.03 PLANTING SOIL MIXES A. Planting soil shall be an evenly blended mixture of 50% "muck ", 25% coarse sand, 15% spaghnum peat moss and 10% sterilized cow manure. Add 2 pounds of fertilizer, specified to each cubic yard of soil and thoroughly mix. Mix shall be suitable for plant growth and free from hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, gravel, brush, large roots, nematodes, weeds, refuse, or other deleterious material, and of reasonably uniform quality. B. Palms: Planting soil mixture to be placed as backfill around the root balls of all Palms shall consist of a mixture as specified above. Note: Bottom 1/4 of planting pit shall be backfilled with clean, coarse - grained builders sand. C. Trees, Shrubs, and Groundcovers: Planting soil mixture to be placed as backfill around the root balls of all trees, shrubs, and groundcovers shall consist of a mixture of: 2/3 clean soil (existing soil from site) 1/3 approved Florida Peat 07/06 02484 -4 05 -5564 t t Ll D. Sterilize planting soil mixtures to make free of all viable nut grass, and other undesirable weed seeds. E. All planting soil mixes shall be thoroughly blended to form a uniform planting medium suitable for exceptional plant growth. F. Test PH of existing soil and planting soil mixtures by method acceptable to current industry standards. If pH is not between 6.0 and 7.0 add approved soil conditioner /additive to bring PH within that range. G. Supply complete information on all analysis /test methodologies and results; laboratory certifications, manufacturer's specifications, and agency approvals to Landscape Architect prior to placement of soil mixtures. In addition, provide Landscape Architect with thoroughly mixed sample of all soil mixes for approval prior to placement (note PH ranges). Landscape Contractor shall make all modification and improvement to soil mixes deemed necessary by Landscape Architect to meet requirements herein, and to ensure proper growing medium for all plant material without cost to Owner, prior to planting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS A. Examine areas to receive soil preparation to assure work of other trades has been completed. B. Verify that plants to remain undisturbed have been clearly identified and protected from injury during construction. If not, identify and protect plants to remain according to procedures set forth in Section 02490 - Trees, Plants and Groundcover. Refer to Protective Fencing on plans. C. Remove all construction materials and debris from all areas to be landscaped, without additional expense to Owner, prior to subsoil preparation. D. Do not proceed with soil preparation until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 SITE PREPARATION A. General: Within the entire area to be landscaped as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall complete the following site topsoil preparation items to eradicate all existing weed and /or natural groundcover. Initiate site topsoil preparation as stated herein and coordinate all work with the existing underground sprinkler system and electrical lines. B. Post Emergence Herbicide: Apply "Roundup" as manufactured by Monsanto Corp. according to manufacturer's recommended rate and specification within the limits of all areas to be landscaped not specified as existing, to be relocated, or to be removed. Protect existing plants from overspray. 02484 -5 05 -5564 C. Pre - Emergence Herbicid areas to be landscaped rate and specification. appropriate herbicide to weed -free condition in operations. 3.03 PERFORMANCE e: Apply "Ron- Star" or approved equal to all according to the manufacturer's recommended Contractor shall be responsible to re -apply eradicate all remaining weeds and maintain a all areas throughout all landscape planting A. Subsoil: Remove all debris, gravel, rocks and other deleterious material over 2 inches in diameter, within 12 inches of surface in areas to receive topsoil mixture, from the project site. Fine grade subsoil to assure finish grades are achieved by adding the specified depth of topsoil mixture. B. Soil mixtures: 1. Remove rocks and other objects over 1 inch diameter. 2. Smooth soil mixtures to four (4) inches below top of surrounding paving, wherever planting beds abut paved surfaces. 3. Do not compact planting soil mixture, but do wet -soak planting areas to assure proper settlement. Replace topsoil /planting soil mixture to specified grade after watering, where necessary. 4. Smooth topsoil to two inches (2 ") below finish grade in areas to be sodded. Remove plant material not indicated as existing or be relocated in order to adhere to sod lines. 5. Prior to installing planting soil, test tree pits and planting areas for percolation. If areas do not drain, it is the contractor's responsibility to assure percolation by approved means. 6. Remove limerock or soil cement in tree planter islands within paved parking areas. Do not damage sub -base material for paved surfaces. Assure percolation and then backfill with approved planting soil mix. 3.04 CLEAN -UP A. Immediately clean up spills, soil and conditioners on paved and finished surface areas. B. Remove debris and excess materials from project site immediately. END OF SECTION 07/06 02484 -6 05 -5564 SECTION 02487 SODDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the Sodding work, as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS ". B. Disturbed areas shall be re- sodded with like materials. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02481 - Shrub and Tree Relocation B. Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes C. Section 02490 - Trees, Shrubs, and Groundcover 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Federal Specifications (FS) O- F -241c (1), Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial. B. Testing Agency: Independent Testing Laboratory. C. Requirements or Regulatory Agencies: Conform to the requirements of the State Department of Agriculture. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: 1. Growers Certification: (a) Grass species, and location of field from which sod is cut. (b) Compliance with state and federal quarantine restrictions. (c) Manufacturer's certification of fertilizer and herbicide composition. 07/06 02487 -1 05 -5564 B. Maintenance Instruction: 1. Prior to the end of the maintenance period, furnish three copies of written maintenance instructions to the Owner's Representative and Landscape Architect for maintenance and care of all sodding throughout the full growing season. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. St. Augustine "Floratam" Grass 1. Deliver sod on pallets. 2. Protect root system from exposure to wind or sun. 3. Protect sod against dehydration, contamination, and heating during transportation and delivery. 4. Do not deliver more sod than can be installed within 24 hours. 5. Keep stored sod moist and under shade, or covered with moistened burlap. 6. Do not pile sod more than 2 feet deep. 7. Do not tear, stretch, or drop sod. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Begin installation of sod after preceding related work is accepted. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Install sod during months acceptable to the Architect. 2. Do not install sod on saturated soil. C. Protection: Erect signs and barriers against vehicular traffic. 1.07 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee sod for period of twelve months after date of Substantial Completion. 07/06 02487 -2 05 -5564 B. Replacement sod under this guarantee shall be guaranteed for twelve months from the date of installation. C. Repair damage to other plants during sod replacement at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD A. American Sod Producers Association (ASPA) Grade: Nursery Grown or Approved. Field grown sod is not acceptable. B. Grass Species: Stenotaphrum secundatum "Floratam ", St. Augustine "Floratam" Grass. 1. Furnish in pads that are not stretched, broken, or torn. 2. sizes: a. St. Augustine Sod pads shall be 18x24 inches in size (plus or minus 5 %) with a 1 -1/2 inch thickness (excluding top growth and thatch). 3. Uniformly mowed height when harvested: a. St. Augustine Sod - 2 inches in height. 4. Thatch: Maximum 1/2 inch uncompressed. 5. Inspected and found free of diseases, nematodes, pests, and pest larvae, by entomologist of State Department of Agriculture. 6. Weeds: a. Free of horse grass, nut grass or other objectionable weeds or weed seeds. 7. Uniform in color, leaf texture, and density. 2.02 WATER A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth, objectionable odor or staining agents. 07/06 02487 -3 05 -5564 2.03 FERTILIZER A. FS 0- F- 241c(1), Grade A or B. B. The Chemical designation for granular fertilizer shall be 12 -8 -8, with at least 50% of the nitrogen form a non - water - soluble organic source for all plantings except on lake banks, and at least 80% of the nitrogen form a non - water - soluble organic source for all plantings on the lake banks. Refer to Section 02484 for complete fertilizer requirements. C. Apply and distribute by methods and rates as recommended by manufacturer. 2.04 HERBICIDES A. As recommended by the State Department of Agriculture. 2.05 STAKES A. Softwood, 3/4 inch diameter, 8 inch length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that soil to depth of 12 inches in compacted areas has been tilled to produce a loose, friable soil conducive to exceptional sod growth. B. Water dry soil to depth of 6 inches 48 hours before sodding. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Transplant sod within 48 hours after harvesting. B. Begin sodding at bottom of slopes. C. Lay first row of sod in straight line with long dimension of pads parallel to slope contours. D. Butt side and end joints. Ensure that joints are tight, thereby eliminating the need to patch and /or topdress to eliminate gaps. E. Stagger end joints in adjacent rows. F. Do not stretch or overlap rows. 07/06 02487 -4 05 -5564 G. Peg sod on slope ratio of 1 in 3 or greater with minimum of two stakes per square yard. H. Sprinkle sod immediately after transplanting. I. Roll sod, except on pegged areas, with roller weighing no more than 150 lbs. per foot of roller width. J. Water sod and soil to depth of 6 inches within four hours after rolling. K. Top dressing for sodded areas shall be clean sand, mined from fresh water sources. Sand mined from salt water is unacceptable. 3.03 LAWN ESTABLISHMENT A. Watering: 1. Keep sod moist during first week after planting. 2. After first week, supplement rainfall to produce a total of 2 inches per day. 3. It is the contractors responsibility to water all plant material. B. Mowing: 1. Maintain St. Augustine grass between 2 inches and 2 -1/2 inches in height. When grass reaches 3 inches in height, mow to 2 inches in height. 2. Maintain Bermuda grass between 1/2 inches to 3/4 inches in height. Avoid scalping. 3. Do not cut off more than 40% of grass leaf in single mowing. 4. Remove all grass clippings throughout. C. Resod spots larger than 1 square foot not having uniform stand of grass. D. Weed Eradication: Between second and third mowing, apply herbicide specifically recommended for grass type uniformly at manufacturer's recommended rate. 07/06 02487 -5 05 -5564 t E. Fertilizer: Apply fertilizer uniformly at manufacturer's recommended rate two days after sodding and at three -month intervals thereafter. Water in to avoid "burning" or damaging grass. F. Establishment period shall extend until final acceptance by the Owner according to the conditions of the Contract. 3.04 CLEANING 07/06 A. Immediately clean spills from paved and finished surface areas. B. Remove debris and excess materials from project site. C. Dispose of protective barricades and warning signs at termination of lawn establishments. END OF SECTION 02487 -6 05 -5564 SECTION 02490 TREES, PLANTS AND GROUNDCOVER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the Trees, Plants and Groundcover work, as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS ". 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02210 - Fine Grading B Section 02481 - Shrub and Tree Relocation C. Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes D. Section 02487 - Sodding 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection 1. Furnish plant materials inspected by State Department of Agriculture at the growing site and tagged or otherwise approved for delivery by Landscape Architect. 2. Inspection at growing site does not preclude right of rejection at project site. B. Furnish plant materials certified by State Department of Agriculture to be free from harmful insects or apparent disease. Verify that all plant material is free of harmful insects and disease. C. All plant material shall be Florida #1 or better as defined by the Florida Department of Agriculture "Codes and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II ". D. Plant material shall be shade or sun grown, and /or acclimatized depending on planting location. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certificate of inspection of plant material by State Authorities. B. Test Reports: Analysis of samples from planting soil supply areas. C. Maintenance Instruction: Prior to the end of the maintenance period, furnish three copies of written maintenance instructions to the Owner's 07/06 02490 -1 05 -5564 Representative and Landscape Architect for maintenance and care of installed plants throughout their full growing season. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory: 1. Verify that species of plants in holding area matches that on plant list and drawings. B. Preparation for Delivery: 1. Prune head and /or roots of all trees under direction of Landscape Architect, and as required to assure safe loading, shipment and handling without damaging the natural form and health of the plant. 2. Balled and Burlapped (B &B) Plants: a. Dig and prepare for shipment in manner that will not damage roots, branches, shape, and future development after replanting. Oak trees shall be root pruned 30 days prior to digging and hardened off at the supplier's nursery under mist for 30 to 60 days. b. Ball with firm, natural balls of soil, per Florida Grades and Standards. C. Wrap ball firmly with burlap or strong cloth and tie: ANSI Z60.1. 3. Specimen Plants: Exercise care in digging, wrapping, and binding of such specimens to assure safe loading, shipment and handling. 4. Bare Root Plants: a. Refer to Section 02481 in its entirety for trees and palms. C. Delivery: 1. Deliver soil conditioners (pesticides, herbicides, fumigants, and fertilizers) to site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name, trademark, and conformance to state law. Store in designated areas only. 2. Deliver planting soil mixes and mulch in bulk with manufacturer's guaranteed mix, name, and conformance to State law. Store in designated areas only. 3. Deliver plants with legible identification labels. a. Label trees, evergreens, containers of like shrubs, or groundcover plants. 07/06 02490 -2 05 -5564 b. State correct plant name and size indicated on Plant List. C. Use durable waterproof labels with water resistant ink which will remain legible for at least 60 days. 4. Protect during transport/delivery with shade cloth or other acceptable means to prevent wind burn. 5. Protect all plant material during delivery to prevent damage or desiccation to root ball or desiccation of crown and leaves. 6. Mist root balls, tree and palm crowns during delivery and handling to ensure against drying. 7. Remove unacceptable plant material immediately from job site. D. Storage: 1. Balled and burlapped plant stock: Deliver direct from nursery. 2. Bare root plant material: Deliver direct from supplier. 3. Protect roots of all plant material from drying or other possible injury. Keep plant root ball and crown moist at all times. 4. Store plants in shade and protect from weather. Heel in trees in a vertical position as required. Irrigate all stored plants as required. 5. Maintain and protect plant material not to be planted within four hours. Plant palms upon delivery. E. Handling: 1. Do not drop plants. 2. Do not pick -up container or balled plants by stems or trunks. 3. Do not use chains or cables on any trees or palms. Handle using nylon straps, 2 inch width min. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Planting Season: Perform actual planting only when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted practice. B. Verify that all existing trees to remain are properly identified and barricaded to prevent damage under this and future construction. Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate identification and barricading of all existing plant material to remain throughout the installation and required maintenance period. 1.07 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all plant material for one year after substantial completion. 07/06 02490 -3 05 -5564 B. Replacement plants under this guarantee shall be replaced within two weeks of rejection and guaranteed for twelve months from date of installation. C. Repair damage to other plants, lawn or construction work during plant replacement at no cost to the Owner (this includes, but is not limited to, damage to curbs, walks, roads, fences, site furnishings, etc.). 1.08 SCHEDULING A. Install trees, shrubs, and ground cover before lawns are installed. B. Notify Landscape Architect of anticipated installation date at last two weeks in advance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANT MATERIAL A. Well- formed and shaped, true to type, and free from disease, insects, and defects such as knots, sun - scald, windburn, injuries, abrasion or disfigurement. B. True to botanical and common name and variety: American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, Standardized Plant Names, latest edition. C. Minimum grade of Florida No. Standards for Nursery Plants" Department of Agriculture. All plants not listed in "Grades published by the Division of Plant 1 as to: 1 in accordance with "Grades and published by the State of Florida and Standards for Nursery Plants ", Industry, shall conform to a Florida No. 1. Health and vitality 2. Condition of foliage 3. Root system 4. Freedom from pests or mechanical damage 5. Heavily branched and densely foliated according to the accepted normal shape. D. Nursery Grown: ANSI Z60.1 -1969 1. Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in locality of project. 2. Container Grown Stock: 1 07/06 02490 -4 05 -5564 a. Growing in container for minimum 30 days before delivery, with sufficient root system for container. b. Not root -bound or with root systems hardened off. 3. Use only ground cover plants well - established in removable containers, integral containers, or formed homogenous soil sections. E. Minimum root ball sizes for all palms shall be as delineated within "Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, Part II, Palms and Trees ", published by the State of Florida Department of Agriculture. 1. All plants not listed in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, published by the Division of Plant Industry, shall conform to a Florida No. 1 as to: a. Health and vitality b. Condition of foliage C. Root system d. Freedom from pests or mechanical damage e. Heavily branched and densely foliated according to the accepted normal shape of the species or sport. 2.02 PLANTING SOIL A. Planting soil mixture for backfill around trees, shrubs, and groundcover shall be as specified in Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and soil mixes. Terrasorb shall be added to all backfill. 2.03 SOIL CONDITIONERS A. Soil conditioners shall be as specified in Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and soil mixes. 1. As a fertilizer supplement to Phoenix Palms, a foliar spray shall be applied one week after installation (excluding summer months) and again at three -month intervals. The chemical designation shall be 8 -6 -6 with at least 95% of the nitrogen derived from a water - soluble, organic source. The potash source shall be derived from sulphate forms. The following minor elements shall be included: .06% MG .02% B .05% CU 1.00% Fe 1.00% Mn B. Water shall be available on -site for construction purposes by Owner at several hosebib locations located periodically at designated locations and 1 07/06 02490 -5 05 -5564 at quick couplers in the irrigation system. Landscape Contractor will be responsible for transporting water to all other planting areas. In the event that water is not available for any reason, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to supply and transport water to all landscape areas. 2.04 TOP MULCH A. Shredded Eucalyptus, shredded, loose, substantially free of mineral waste materials, and showing an acid reaction. B. Minimum organic matter by weight on an oven dry basis: 85 %. C. Processed specifically for use as top mulch around plant beds. 2.05 GUYING AND STAKING MATERIAL A. Stakes for Tree Support: 1. Construction grade lumber. 2. Braces and Vertical Stakes: Nominal 2" x 2 " 3. Stakes: Nominal 2" x 4" x 4'long and pointed at one end. 4. Cross Braces: Nominal 1" x 4" boards. 5. All above grade stakes shall be painted with one coat of brown paint. Paint to be approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Guying Wires: Annealed, galvanized iron or galvanized steel 12 gauge wire. Wire shall be flagged with white or yellow surveyor tape minimum 2 per guy wire, (one flag near ground level and one flag near the middle of the length of wire). C. Hose: 1. Type: New 1/2 inch diameter 2 -ply reinforced rubber or plastic hose. 2. Minimum size: 3/4 in. D. Turnbuckles: 1. Turnbuckles are recommended but not required. Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for keeping taut all guyed plant material and for keeping flagging in place. One turnbuckle per guy wire is required if used. 2. Method of tightening guy wires to be approved by Landscape Architect. 1 07/06 02490 -6 05 -5564 1 3. Guying to be tightened as needed, but always within two days of when found necessary. 2.05 SLOPE STABILIZATION A. Landscape contractor shall be responsible to stabilize grades by approved methods where necessary at his own cost. B. Contractor shall stabilize all sloped areas 3 to 1 or greater and areas found to be required to reduce surface erosion by the Owner's Representative with "Hold Gro" Erosion Control Fabric as manufactured by Gulf States Paper Company, Tuscaloosa, Alabama or approved equal. Contractor shall install erosion control fabric according to the manufacturer's instructions. 2.06 DRAINAGE GRAVEL A. Drainage gravel shall be River Run Gravel and shall be of graduated sizes. B. River Run Gravel shall be no smaller than one -half inch nor larger than two inches in any direction. C. Gravel shall be installed as shown on drawings or to a minimum depth of 2 inches above drains, and 4 inches throughout planters. D. Gravel shall be washed clean and contain no chemical elements harmful to plant growth. E. Coral rock shall not be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify final grades have been established prior to beginning planting operation. B. Inspect trees, shrubs, and ground cover plants for injury, insect infestation, and trees and shrubs for improper pruning. C. Do not begin planting of trees until deficiencies are corrected, or plants replaced. 3.02 LOCATION /STAKING A. Stake out locations for plants and outline of planting beds on ground. B. Do not begin excavation until stake out of plant locations and plant beds are acceptable to the Landscape Architect. C. All trees are to be located and staked for inspection by the Landscape Architect. 1 07101 02490 -7 05 -5564 3.03 PREPARATION A. Pits and Trenches: 1. Shape: a. Vertical sides and flat bottom. b. Plant pits to be square or circular. 2. Size: a. For Trees: (1) Depth: Minimum 2 ft. from finish grade and increased as necessary to accommodate planting ball and at least 6 inch planting soil backfill below ball or roots. (2) Width or Diameter: 2 ft. greater than diameter of plating ball (unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect for special planting areas. b. For Shrubs and Groundcovers: (1) Depth: (a) 2- and 3- gallon plant material shall receive a minimum of 2" of planting soil mixture beneath the root ball. (b) Plant materials sized 1 gallon or less, or materials planted 24 inches O.C. or less shall receive a full 12 inches of amended planting soil mix tilled to a minimum depth of 12 inches. NOTE: All annuals beds shall receive a full 6 inches of amended planting soil mix tilled to a minimum depth of 6 inches. (c) For plants not requiring soil mix the entire bed shall be tilled by mechanical means to a depth of 12 inches. (2) Width or Diameter: (a) All 2- or 3- gallon material shall be placed within a minimum 13 -1/2 inch planting hole, and backfilled with the specified planting soil mix. (b) All plant material sized 1 gallon or less, or material planted 24 inches O.C. or less shall receive complete bed amending. That is excavation of existing soil to a minimum of 12 inches 1 07/06 02490 -8 05 -5564 (Note: 6 inches for all annual beds) below finished soil elevation, backfilling with a minimum 3 inches of planting soil mix, and then tilling with all required amendments to a depth of not less than 12 inches. (Note: 6 inches for all annual beds. All areas to be amended in such a manner shall be highlighted on contractor's record drawings. (3) Bring all beds and pits to smooth, even surface conforming to established grades after full settlement has occurred. NOTE: Amending of and quantities of planting soil mixes as outlined above contingent with existing soil conditions. B. Planting Beds: 1. Planting beds to a depth of 12 inch topsoil mixture. 2. Bring beds to smooth, even surface conforming to established grades after full settlement has occurred. 3. Use specified planting soil to form watering berms around the plants. C. Test fill all tree pits with water before planting to assure proper drainage percolation is available. Pits which are not adequately draining shall be excavated to a depth sufficient for drainage and backfilling with gravel or crushed rock. No allowances will be made for lost plants due to improper drainage. Landscape Contractor shall replace with same species size and specification at no cost to Owner. 3.04 PLANTING A. General 1. Center plant in pit or trench. 2. Face for best effect, or as directed by Landscape Architect. 3. Set plant plumb and hold rigidly in position until soil has been tamped firmly around planting ball. 4. Use only planting soil backfill as specified hereinbefore. 5. Place sufficient planting soil under plant to bring top of planting ball to finish grade. 6. Backfill pit or trench with planting soil in 9 in. layers and water each layer thoroughly to settle soil and work soil completely around roots and planting ball. 07/06 02490 -9 05 -5564 � I 1 07/06 02490 -10 05 -5564 7. After soil settles fill pit with planting soil, water, and leave pit surface even with finish grade. a. Topsoil Berm: ' a. Construct a topsoil berm 6 in. above finish grade forming a watering basin with a level bottom around each palm or tree. b. Size: 2 ft. greater than diameter of planting ball. C. Leave saucer for 3 months or as directed by Owner's Representative. At the end of 3 months regrade area and re -mulch 12 inches out from trunk (or planting bed) for all plantings. Remove excess from basin and clean area. B. Balled Plants (B &B) and (WB &B): 1. Place in pit on planting soil backfill material that has been hand- , tamped prior to placing plant. 2. Place with burlap intact so location of ground line at top of ball is same as at nursery where grown. 3. Remove binding at top 1/2 of planting ball and lay top of burlap back 6 inches. For wire balled trees, remove wire on top of ball. ' 4. Do not pull wrapping from under planting ball. 5. Do not plant if planting ball is cracked, broken or showing evidence of voids before or during planting process. Replace with plant of same species, size, and specification at no cost to Owner. C. Container -Grown Plants: 1. Can /Container Removal: a. Cut cans on two sides with an acceptable can cutter. b. Do not injure planting ball. C. Do not cut cans with spade or ax. Id. Do not cut sides on knockout cans. e. Carefully remove plants without injury or damage to planting ball. f. After removing plant. Superficially cut edge roots with knife on three sides. 2. Dig planting holes to size as shown. 1 07/06 02490 -10 05 -5564 3. Hand place plants which are in containers less than one gallon in size. 4. Hand backfill and hand tamp leaving slight depression around bases of plants. 5. Do not cover top of root ball. 6. Water for settlement and replace required planting soil. 3.05 FERTILIZER APPLICATIONS A. Apply granular fertilizer at time of planting and repeat 3 months from first application. Schedule fertilization with Landscape Architect. B. Apply granular fertilizer at following rates, to planting bed and saucer areas around each tree, palm and shrub: 1. Trees: a. Caliper 4 inches and larger: 5 lbs. per in. of Caliper b. Caliper under 4 inches: 3 lbs. per in. of Caliper C. Shrubs: 2 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. of area. d. Ground Cover Plants: 2 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. of area. e. Palms: 1 lb. per in. of palm trunk Caliper. C. Broadcast under foliage canopy and incorporate into soil. D. Water immediately until root structure of plant is wet. Assure protection from fertilizer burn. E. Apply foliar nutrient spray at time of planting (summer excluded) and repeat three months from first application. Schedule fertilization with Landscape Architect. Drench palm leaves with foliar nutrient spray at the manufacturer's recommended rate to all Phoenix Palm species. 3.06 WEED CONTROL A. Apply post- emergent herbicide, "Round -up" as manufactured by Monsanto Corp. or approved equal, per manufacturer's rate and method of application to all landscape bed areas as necessary. B. Apply pre- emergent herbicide "Ron- Star" before mulching and again as necessary throughout required maintenance period to prevent weed seed germination. 07/06 02490 -11 05 -5564 ' C. The Landscape Contractor shall verify that the herbicide and application technique will not damage plant material prior to application, and shall replace, and /or repair damage to any plant injured by herbicide application at no cost to the Owner. 3.07 TOP MULCHING ' A. Top trenches, two days mulch planting pits, and areas within after planting. tB. Cover watering basin or bed evenly with 3 inch compacted depth of top mulch material. C. Water thoroughly, immediately after mulching. D. "Cut in" mulch at plant bed /sod line. E. Hose down planting area with fine spray to wash leaves of plants at least twice a week, or as required. F. Exclude mulch from annual and Bromeliad beds. 3.08 GUYING AND STAKING OF TREES A. Stake trees as shown on the drawings except where they are planted in special locations where guying is not feasible. 1. Stake Installation: a. Drive stakes perpendicularly, 3 feet into ground at edge of root ball. Do not drive stake through soil separator or drainage gravel if present. Do not drive stakes through root ball. b. Number of stakes as shown. 2. Tying and Cross - bracing: a. For trees over 4 -inch caliper: (1) Stake and tie firmly with guy wire. (2) Separate guy wire from bark by hose section. b. For trees under 4 inches in caliper: (1) Nail cross -brace between stakes. (2) Tie tree to cross -brace guy wire. (3) Separate guy wire from bark by hose section. B. Stake palm trees as shown. Contractor shall have the option to deepen ' the burial of Sabal Palmetto and Washingtonia Robusta for stabilization in ' 07/06 02490 -12 05 -5564 lieu of staking. (Note: The clear trunk height shall be required as specified on plans after installation. The Contractor shall still be responsible for and guarantee the installation against toppling and be responsible for any and all damage incurred to toppling over.) 3.09 PRUNING ' A. Prune minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, deadwood, and suckers. Pruning shall be done with regard to natural Iform of plant material or as directed by the landscape Architect. 1. Do not prune prior to delivery to site. Note: Pruning is required for collected palms and trees per "Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part II, Palms and Trees" and Section 02481. B. All cuts one inch diameter or larger made during pruning of any plant material shall be painted with commercial grade sealant as approved and directed by Landscape Architect. C. Pruning cuts shall be monitored to ensure proper healing and to prevent insect/disease infestation. D. Landscape Contractor shall perform all specialized shearing and or pruning as directed by the Landscape Architect and as shown on the drawings at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.10 MAINTENANCE 1 A. General: 1. Begin maintenance immediately after each item is planted and ' continue until final inspection and acceptance. 2. Maintain a health growing condition by pruning, watering, cultivating, weeding, mowing, mulching, tightening, and repairing of guys, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of plant saucer, and furnishing and applying such sprays as necessary to keep planting free of insects and diseases. 3. The root system of plants shall be watered at such intervals as will keep the surrounding soil in best condition for promotion of root growth and plant life. 4. Keep planting saucers and beds free of weeds, grass and other undesired vegetation growth. 5. Protect planting areas and plants against trespassing and damage of any kind for the duration of the maintenance period. 6. Inspect plants at least once a week and perform maintenance promptly. Replace impaired or dead plants promptly. Do not wait 07/06 02490 -13 05 -5564 7-� ' until near the end of the guarantee period to make replacements of plants which have become unacceptable. 7. Remove soil ridges from around watering basins prior to end of maintenance period, as directed by the Landscape Architect. B. Watering: Water when soil moisture is below optimum level for best plant growth. 1 3.11 CLEANING A. Fill all pits /depressions in holding area and rough grade to meet surrounding elevations. Remove any organic material or other debris resulting from the plant relocation process. B. Sweep and wash all paved surfaces. C. Remove planting debris from project site and holding area. D. Remove soil conditioners, soil mixes, gravel, etc. from project site and holding area. 3.12 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 1 A. Inspection of the entire project or designated portions thereof shall be made upon written request of the Contractor. At that time, if all work is satisfactory and complete according to the conditions of the Contract, the Architect shall declare the work substantially complete. B. Contractor's written request for review of the work or any designate 1 portion thereof shall be received by Architect at least five (5) days before anticipated date of inspection. C. Plants that have died or in unhealthy or badly impaired condition on inspection shall be treated or replaced within 14 days at no additional cost to Owner. 1 D. Replace rejected plants within two weeks of inspection. E. Substantial completion of the work for the entire project or designated portions thereof shall constitute the beginning of guarantee period. F. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance (exclusive of replacement within guarantee period) shall terminate on date of final acceptance of the entire project according to the conditions of the Contract, provided Contractor has supplied Landscape Architect with three (3) copies of written maintenance instructions as required under Paragraph 1.05C of this Section. 1 END OF SECTION 1 07/06 02490 -14 05 -5564 SECTION 02780 UNIT PAVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes concrete pavers set on concrete footings and in aggregate setting bed. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for compacted subgrade and subbase course, if any, under unit pavers. 2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" [for concrete base course under unit pavers] [and] [for cast -in -place concrete curbs and gutters serving as edge restraint or footing for unit pavers]. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Concrete pavers. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of unit paver indicated. 1. Include similar Samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: Full -size units of each type of unit paver indicated; in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. END SECTION 07/06 02780 -1 05 -5564 1 r� n f, I� �J i7 1 t u C± r, I� `J SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All applicable provisions of the Bidding and Contracting Requirements, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements, shall apply to the work under this section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. The Irrigation Contractor (IC) shall provide all labor, materials, necessary equipment, and services to complete the irrigation system, as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein or both, except as for items specifically indicated as "NIC ITEMS ". B. The completed and proper construction of the landscape irrigation system shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. All piping including mains, laterals, fittings, sleeves, connections, tees, risers, clamps, and swing joints. 2. All control, gate, globe, pressure- reducing, quick - coupling, and other valves including valve boxes, markers, connections, operators, and other accessories. 3. The IC shall complete the automatic - control system as shown on plans including controllers, control wiring, and low- voltage connections. 4. All filters for drip or micro -spray sprinklers are as shown on the plans. 5. All rotating and stationary spray sprinkler heads including proper nozzles, as called for herein, and shown on the plans and all other appurtenances and accessories for proper operation. 6. All bubblers and emitters as shown on the plans and in the detail drawings. 7. Connections of mainline piping to the supply sources as shown on the plans. 01106 02810 -1 05 -5564 8. All excavation, site work, relocation or replacement of utilities, backfill compaction, and restoration of all disturbed areas. i9. The IC shall be responsible for providing a complete and operable system for the irrigation of all areas to be landscaped on the project site. The plans and these specifications are intended to include all items obviously necessary and requisite for the proper irrigation of the project. This in no way relieves the IC of his responsibility to furnish any additional labor, materials, and equipment required for a proper system. r2. The drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, underground utilities, plantings, and architectural features. Deviations shall be brought to the LA's attention. I� J 1 07/06 02810 -2 05 -5564 10. The IC shall be responsible for adjusting head location, head /nozzle type and size, and any other system components to comply with the requirements of landscaping as actually installed. Such adjustments shall be made at no cost to the Owner except for, when authorized in writing, such adjustments which will be compensated at an agreed upon price. 11. The IC shall supply, deliver, store, and protect all equipment and materials including pipe and fittings, sprinkler heads, valves, ' controllers, wire, and all other component parts necessary for the installation of a fully- automatic irrigation system as indicated in the plans and specifications. Adequate security of materials on -site shall be provided by the IC at all times at his expense. C. The IC shall become familiar with the project requirements and coordinate the work with the Owner or the Owner's Authorized Representative (OAR) and the Landscape Architect (LA). D. Explanation of Drawings: 1. Due to the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and sleeves that may be required. The IC shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of the work and plan his work accordingly, furnishing such offsets, fittings, and sleeves as may be required to meet such conditions. r2. The drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, underground utilities, plantings, and architectural features. Deviations shall be brought to the LA's attention. I� J 1 07/06 02810 -2 05 -5564 ' 3. All work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. 4. The IC shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences, or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been known in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the LA. In the event that notification is not performed, the IC shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. 5. Conflicts between the plans, notes, details, or specifications shall be immediately brought to the attention of the OAR. These ' discrepancies or conflicts shall be interpreted by the OAR, and his decision shall be final in all cases. Should the IC fail to notify the OAR of the conflict(s) and, by so, take advantage of the said discrepancy, the IC shall be held responsible for making any and all changes as directed by the OAR with no compensation for extra labor, material, or equipment. 6. The IC shall, prior to trenching, verify the location of all underground utilities as are commonly encountered underground. He shall take proper precaution not to damage or disturb said improvements. ' 7. If, in the opinion of the LA, the labor furnished by the IC is incompetent, unskilled, or unreliable, his equipment inadequate, improper or unsafe, or if the IC shall fail to continuously and ' diligently execute the construction, the LA or Owner shall, in writing, instruct the IC to remove all such causes of non - compliance and the IC shall promptly comply. 8. The IC shall be responsible for full and complete coverage of all P p g irrigation areas. The LA shall be notified of any necessary adjustments at no additional cost to the Owner. Any revisions to the irrigation system must be submitted and answered in written form, along with any change in contract price. 9. The IC shall coordinate and assist with the Owner /operator and manufacturer in the operational requirements of the system. E. On -Site Conditions: 1. Inspection of the site: The IC shall acquaint himself with all on -site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the drawings be found 07/06 02810 -3 05 -5564 during excavations, the IC shall promptly notify the Owner for instructions as to further action. Failure to do so will make the IC liable for any, and all damage thereto, arising from his operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on the drawings. 2. Protection of property: The IC shall be responsible for the preservation and protection of all site conditions to remain from damage due to this work. In the event damage does occur, all damage shall be completely repaired to its original condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Trenching: All trenching or other work under the leaf canopy of any and all trees and shrubs shall be done by hand or by other methods so that plants are not damaged in any way. Trenching around existing plant material shall be done by hand so as to minimize root disturbance. Buildings, walks, walls, and other property shall be protected from damage. Open ditches left exposed shall be flagged and barricaded by the IC by approved means. The IC shall restore disturbed areas to their original condition. 4. Protection and repair of underground utilities: The IC shall be responsible for requesting the proper utility company to stake the exact location of any underground lines including, but not limited to, electric, gas, telephone service, water, and cable. The IC shall take whatever precautions are necessary to protect these underground lines from damage. In the event damage does occur, all damage shall be completely repaired to its original condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Private utilities: The IC shall request the Owner, in writing, to locate any private utilities (i.e., electrical service to outside lighting) before proceeding with any excavation. If, after such requests and necessary staking, private utilities that were not staked are encountered and damaged by the IC, they shall be repaired by the Owner at no cost to the IC. If the IC damages staked or located utilities, they shall be repaired at the IC's expense. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02481 — Shrub and Tree Relocation B. Section 02484 - Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes C. Section 02487 - Sodding 1 07/06 02810 -4 05 -5564 1 D. Section 02490 - Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, etc. as is indicated for this project. The IC shall submit for the Owner's review and approval resumes of all irrigation superintendents and foreman designated to perform the irrigation work and a list of all projects with references with which he or she was involved; those projects must be of similar size and ' scope as this project. If the IC elects to use a subcontractor for this portion of the work, the subcontractor shall have been in operation for a minimum of five (5) years, and licensed to work in the State of Florida. The subcontractor shall also provide the Owner with a completed pre - qualification form available from the LA, in addition to the personnel resumes noted above for review and approval. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject the proposed subcontractor or its designated personnel in whole, or in part, based on the information provided. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED. SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work. ' C. The IC shall be responsible for constructing the system in complete accordance with all local codes, ordinances, and laws. Any modifications made to conform with said codes, laws, and ordinances shall be completed at the IC's expense with no additional compensation allowed. D. Protection of Existing Plants and Site Conditions: The IC shall take necessary precautions to protect site conditions to remain. Should ' damages be incurred, this IC shall repair the damage to its original condition at his own expense. Any disruption, destruction, or disturbance of any existing plant, tree, shrub, or turf or any structure shall be completely restored to the satisfaction of the Owner and his representatives, solely at the IC's expense. ' E. Permits and Fees: The IC shall obtain all permits and pay required fees to any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the work. Inspections required by local ordinances during the course of construction shall be ' arranged as required. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to the LA to show that all work has been installed in accordance with the ordinances and code requirements. 1 07106 02810 -5 05 -5564 I�I I E. Approval: Wherever the terms "approve ", "approval ", or "approved" are used in the specifications, they shall mean the approval of the Owner or OAR in writing. F. The Owner reserves the right to substitute, add, or delete any material or work as the work progresses. Adjustment to the contract price shall be negotiated if deemed necessary by the Owner or OAR and shall be credited or deducted to the contract sum according to the unit prices ' provided in this proposal. G. The Owner or OAR reserves the right to reject material or work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the IC's expense. H. Final Acceptance: Final Acceptance of the work may be obtained from the Owner upon the satisfactory completion of all work. Acceptance by the Owner and /or OAR in no way removes the IC of his responsibility to make further repairs, corrections, and adjustments to eliminate any deficiencies that may later be discovered. I. Guarantee: All work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from date of acceptance against all defects in material, equipment, and workmanship to the satisfaction of the Owner. Repairs, if required, shall be done promptly at no cost to the Owner. 1. The guarantee shall also cover repair of damage to any part of the ' premises resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment, and workmanship to the satisfaction of the Owner. The IC shall not be responsible for work damaged by others. Repairs, if ' required, shall be done promptly. The guarantee shall state the name of the Owner, provide full - guarantee terms, effective and termination date, name and license number of IC providing guarantee, address, and telephone number. It shall be signed by the chief executive of the IC and notarized. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the IC of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee. 2. If, within ten (10) days after mailing of written notice by the Owner to the IC requesting repairs or replacement resulting from a breach of warranty, the IC shall neglect to make or undertake with due ' diligence to make the same, the Owner may make such repairs at the IC's expense; provided, however, that in the case of emergency where, in the judgment of the Owner, delay would cause serious ' loss or damage, repairs or replacement may be made without notice being sent to the IC, and IC shall pay the cost thereof. I 1 07/06 02810 -6 05 -5564 ' J. The IC shall provide full coverage in all irrigated areas and shall be responsible for additional heads and components as required, and ' installed at his own cost. K. The IC shall make necessary adjustments in the layout, as may be ' required to connect to existing stub -outs, should such stubs not be located exactly as shown, and as may be required to work around existing work at no increase in cost to the Owner. L. On -Site Observation: At any time during the installation of the irrigation system by the IC, the Owner or LA may visit the site to observe work underway. Upon request, the IC shall be required to uncover specified work as directed by the Owner or LA without compensation. Should the material, workmanship, or method of installation not meet the standards specified herein, the IC shall replace the work at his own expense. M. Workmanship: All work shall be installed by qualified, skilled personnel, proficient in the trades required, in a neat, orderly, and responsible manner with recognized standards of workmanship. The IC shall have had considerable experience and demonstrated ability in the installation of sprinkler irrigation systems of this type. To demonstrate ability and experience necessary for this project, the IC shall submit to the Owner the following: N. List of three (3) projects completed in last two (2) years of similar complexity to this project. Description of projects shall include- 1 . Name of project. 2. Location. 3. The Owner's name, address, and business phone number. 4. Scope of work and contract amount. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications: The IC shall submit complete qualification statements, as specified herein, for review and approval at the time proposals are submitted. B. Work Schedule: Within fourteen (14) days after award of the contract, the IC shall submit to the Owner a work schedule including a breakdown of tasks, milestone dates, and manpower projections. 07/06 02810 -7 05 -5564 07/06 02810 -8 05 -5564 C. Within fourteen (14) days after the award of the contract, and prior to commencement of the work, the IC shall provide cut sheets of all products specified or required for use necessary to provide the entire system ' outlined in the specifications. The cut sheets shall list manufacturer's name, catalog name, and catalog number, as well as size, type, and illustration of product to be supplied. The information shall be supplied to ' the Owner and OAR for approvals. Only when the Owner approves the IC's supplied information shall the IC begin construction and installation of ' submitted items. 1. All submittals shall be coordinated into one (1) submittal and ' compiled into a "notebook" format with removable binder. Name of project, date, and each product required shall be clearly highlighted on each separate product information cut sheet and labeled for each product's intended use. Five (5) separate copies of the full submittal are required and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: ' 2. Schedule of work. ' 3. List of personnel with qualifications. 4. Each pipe type and size (main, lateral, other). ' 5. Pipe fittings (main, lateral, other), pipe lubricant. 6. Each wire type (with color coding). 7. Each controller and required components and accessories including lightning protection and surge protection. 8. Each sprinkler head type (sprays, rotors, bubblers, etc.) including nozzle types. 9. Each valve type /size (electric, coupler, gate, isolation, etc.). 10. Each valve box type. 11. PVC cement and primer. 12. Teflon tape. 13. Splice connectors and boxes. 14. Swing joints. 07/06 02810 -8 05 -5564 ID. "As- Built" Record Irrigation Drawings: ' 1. The IC shall prepare an "As- Built" record drawing on reproducible bases that shall show mainline pipe, controller locations, remote - control valves, quick - coupling valves, and all sprinkler zones. The record drawings shall also indicate and show approved substitutions of size, material, and manufacturer's name and catalog number. Remote - control valves and isolation valves shall ' have two (2) measurements from fixed objects. 2. The IC shall store "As- Built" record drawings apart from documents ' used for construction. 3. The IC shall maintain record drawings in a clean, dry, legible ' condition. and in good order. Do not use record document for construction purposes. I 4. The IC shall make record documents available at all times for inspection by the Owner or OAR. ' 5. The IC shall label each record document "AS- BUILT" in neat, large, printed letters, or by rubber stamp. ' 6. The IC shall record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. ' 7. Drawings: The IC shall legibly mark to record actual construction and installation including: ' a. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. b. Field changes of dimensions and detail. C. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. ' d. Details not on original Contract Drawings. I 8. Specifications and addenda: The IC shall legibly mark each section to record changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 9. The LA shall supply to the IC one (1) complete set of sepia mylar prints to be used for record document submittal. The IC shall ' 07/06 02810 -9 05 -5564 i 0,ps transfer all record documents information outlined above to these reproducible prints. 10. As -built record drawings shall be kept updated weekly and shall be reviewed by the Owner or OAR during the course of the work. If during the course of the work, the record documents are found substantially incorrect or substantially behind the progress of the work, the Owner shall have the right to hold progress payments until said documents are brought to an acceptable level of completeness. 11. The IC shall accompany submittal of record documents with transmittal letter in duplicate containing: a. Date. b. Project title and number. C. IC's name and address. d. Title and number of each as-built. e. Signature of the IC or his authorized representative. E. Operations and Maintenance Manuals: The IC shall prepare and deliver to the LA within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hardcover binders with three (3) rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the IC's address and business telephone number, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s). 2. Catalog and parts sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Owner's maintenance personnel with eight (8) hours of instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the LA at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. 02810 -10 05 -5564 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL ' A. General: All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. After award of the contract and prior to beginning of work, the IC shall submit for approval three (3) copies of the complete list of ' materials that he proposes to install. Quantities of materials and equipment need not be included. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed, except as noted. 2.02 PIPING ' A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed, and tested in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise stated on the plans, all pipe fittings shall be capable of ' withstanding a sustained pressure of at least 125 psi. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe, Class 200, will be used on all mainlines ' before individual zone valves, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Pipe shall conform to ASTM D -2241. C. PVC Pipe, Class 160 and /or 200, solvent -weld shall be used on all system lines downstream of remote - automatic valves. Pipe shall conform to ASTM D -2467 and ASTM D -2464. D. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, etc. required shall be PVC pipe, Schedule 80. ' E. All pipe extensions for varied height shrub risers and PVC pipe sleeves 9 pP under paved areas shall be PVC pipe, Schedule 40. 2.03 PIPE FITTINGS ' A. All pipe fittings for PVC pipe, Schedule 40, mainline and lateral pipe Class 160, solvent -weld, shall be Schedule 40 PVC conforming to ASTM D -1784 and ASTM D -2464. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule, and NSF seal of approval. 2.04 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. The IC shall provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent -weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent - weld pipe to be belled -end. 07/06 02810 -11 05 -5564 B. Solvent -weld cement shall be colored with primer a contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 2.05 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made up using teflon tape only. B. Connection between mainline pipe fittings and automatic or manual - control valves shall be made using Schedule 80 threaded fittings and nipples. 2.06 THRUST BLOCKS A. Mainline piping shall have thrust blocks sized and placed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as detailed on the drawings. Thrust blocks shall be a standard, poured concrete mix in accordance with ASTM C -150, ASTM C -33, and ASTM C -94 with a compressive strength (twenty -eight (28) days) of 3,000 psi. Thrust blocks shall be installed at all tees, elbows, 45's, crosses, reducers, plugs, caps, and valves. The IC shall be responsible to ensure stability of all thrust blocks. 2.07 PIPE AND WIRE SLEEVES A. Sleeves to be Installed: Sleeving under roadways and parking areas, as indicated on the drawings, shall be required to be installed in this contract and shall conform to the following: 1. All pipe sleeves shall have an inside diameter of at least two inches (2 ") greater than the outside diameter of the pipe or wire bundle it is to hold. 2. All pipe sleeves shall extend a minimum of thirty -six inches (36 ") beyond the edges of pavement. 3. All pipe sleeves to be installed beneath future road surfaces shall be PVC pipe, Schedule 40. 4. All irrigation system wires shall be sleeved separately from main or lateral lines. 5. All pipe sleeves shall be installed at the minimum depth specified for mainlines, lateral lines, and electric wire. 6. The IC shall coordinate all pipe sleeve locations and depths prior to initiating installation of the irrigation system. 1 07/06 02810 -12 05 -5564 7. The IC shall be responsible to adjust the system layout, as necessary, to properly align with all pipe sleeves at no additional cost. 2.08 SPRINKLER HEADS A. The manufacturer shall guarantee all sprinklers and components for not less than one (1) year from installation, warranted against all defects in normal material and workmanship. The IC shall provide riser nipples for all heads of the same size as the riser opening in the sprinkler body. All sprinkler heads shall be of the same manufacturer for project consistency. B. Spray heads shall be Rain Bird 1800 Series with check valve and pressure- compensating features and nozzle configurations as shown on the plans or as necessary to ensure full coverage. The nozzle extension shall be a six -inch (6 ") or twelve -inch (12 ") pop -up. Install using a one -half inch (' /z ") Schedule 80 nipple and swing joints as detailed. Connection of these heads to pipe fittings shall be made as shown on detail sheets. Rain Bird 1800 Series pop -up spray heads with the SAM -PRS features shall have connections made at the bottom inlet. 2.09 SATELLITE CONTROLLERS A. The irrigation system controller shall be a Rain Bird ESP -24MC wall - mount controller inside the pump station. Station quantities shall be as noted on the plans. B. The controller shall be equipped with a Mini -Clik II Rain Sensor manufactured by Glen Hilton Products. C. Surge Suppression Receptacle: Each controller shall have a Pass and Seymour Model #6262 ISP, hospital - grade, transient - voltage, surge - suppression receptacle installed for the 120 -VAC input power. 2.10 ELECTRIC- VONTROL VALVES A. The remote - control valve shall be normally a closed 24 -VAC, 60- cycle, solenoid- actuated, globe - pattern, diaphragm type. Valve- pressure rating shall not be less than 200 psi. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of heavy -duty, glass - filled nylon; diaphragm shall be of nylon - reinforced nitrite rubber. B. The valve shall be actuated by a low- power, 5.5 -V.A., 24 -VAC solenoid. The solenoid plunger shall have a "Grit Filter" to insure a positive -valve operation. 07/06 02810 -13 05 -5564 C. The valve shall have a flow - control stem and wheel handle for regulating or shutting off the flow of water and an internal bleed plug for manual operation without electrically- energizing the solenoid coil. D. The valve construction shall be such as to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. 2.11 VALVE BOXES A. For gate valves, use Carson 1419 -18, or approved equal, plastic valve box with a bolt down lid. Install as detailed on the drawings. B. For control valves use Carson #11419 -18 captive L -bolt lock cover. Install as detailed on the drawings. C. For control wiring splices Carson 1419 -18 valve boxes. Install as detailed on the drawings. D. Valves boxes shall be installed flush with finish grade as detailed on the drawings. The IC shall assure percolation beneath the valve box by approved methods. E. Christy I.D. tags shall be installed on all control valves with valve and satellite number clearly imprinted. 2.12 IRRIGATION - CONTROL WIRE A. All electric - control, common, and ground wire shall be irrigation - control cable. All wiring to be used for connecting the automatic, remote - control valves to the automatic, independent- station controllers shall be Type "UP, 600 -volt, solid- copper, single- conductor wire with PVC insulation, and bear UL approval for direct underground burial feeder cable. B. All wire connections and splices shall be made with 3M -3570 Silicone connectors, Rain Bird snap -tite, or approved equal. All wire connections and wire splices shall occur in valve boxes. 1. Control wire from independent- station controllers to electric valves shall be AWG size 12/1 and shall not be shared between valves. 2. Common and control wires shall not be shared between satellite controllers. 3. Each satellite controller shall have its own separate white common wire. 07/06 02810 -14 05 -5564 1 4. When more than one (1) satellite controller is used, the white common wire for each controller shall be color -coded with waterproof electrical tape or wire with tracer stripe. 2.13 GATE VALVES A. Gate valves shall be a threaded brass - series valve. These shall conform ' to AWWA C -500, bronze -body, bronze - mounted, non - rising stem with solid -wedge gates, installed in valve box. All gate valve boxes shall be installed flush with finish grade. The IC shall assure percolation beneath ' the gate valve box by approved methods. Gate valves shall be installed inside valve boxes, as previously specified, and as detailed on the drawings. 2.14 POINT OF CONNECTION A. Point of connection for the irrigation system shall be as shown on the plans. The IC shall connect proposed irrigation mainlines and extend the mainlines, as required, providing a watertight connection by approved ' methods. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Layout of Mains and Laterals: The IC shall lay out sprinkler mainlines and perform line adjustments and site modifications to laterals prior to excavation. B. The IC shall coordinate all installation with landscape lantin work, P 9 especially fine grading, and soil preparation for planting areas. C. The IC shall coordinate and cooperate with all other ICs to enable the ' work to proceed as rapidly and efficiently as possible. D. Layout of Sprinkler Heads: The IC shall stakesprinkler head locations Y p p Iand check for uniformity of coverage and correctness of pattern. E. Valve Location: The IC shall locate valves to assure ease of access for maintenance and that no physical interference with other elements of the project exist. ' F. The IC shall furnish temporary support, adequate protection, and maintenance of all underground and surface utilities, structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work. 1 07/06 02810 -15 05 -5564 G. The IC shall acquaint himself with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, the IC shall promptly notify the Owner for instructions as to further actions. Failure to do so will make the IC liable for any, and all damage thereto, rising from his operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown in plan. H. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures, such as conduit, ducts, pipe branch connections to sewer mains, main drains, water services, etc., the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the IC in cooperation with the Owner of such utility. No deviation from the required line or grade shall be made without the written direction of the OAR. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION A. The IC shall stake out the location of each run of pipe, sprinkler heads, and valves prior to trenching. B. Excavation shall be unclassified and shall include all materials whatsoever encountered in the excavation of trenches for pipe installation. The trench shall be of sufficient width and depth for installation of the pipe as indicated herein. The IC shall cause minimum disturbance to all existing conditions wherever possible; the IC shall bore under existing pavement and sidewalks rather than cut and restore. No pavement shall be cut without the OAR's permission. C. Pipe shall be delivered and stored on the job site with suitable protection against any damage to pipe and fittings. D. Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of four inches (4 ") between parallel pipelines. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. No lateral line shall be installed in the mainline trench. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: 1. Thirty- six -inch (36 ") minimum cover over mainlines. 2. Thirty- six -inch (36 ") minimum cover over control wires from controller to valves. 3. Eighteen -inch (18 ") minimum cover over lateral lines to heads. 4. Maintain all warning signs, shoring, barricades, flares, and red lanterns as required by the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety and any local ordinances and codes. 07106 02810 -16 05 -5564 I E. The pipe and fittings shall be carefully inspected before installation of the trench. All rocks over two -inch (1/2 ") diameter and unsuitable bearing material shall be removed from trench in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Solvent - welded joints shall be made only on clean, dry, square cut, smooth pipe sections. The fittings shall be "dry" tested for proper size before solvent is applied. The assembly shall proceed in strict ' accordance with recommended procedures furnished by the manufacturer. 2. Solvent - welded pipe sections shall be "snaked" from side to side in the trench to prevent joint rupture due to thermal contraction. I 3. Pipe openings shall be plugged during construction to prevent entrance of foreign materials. F. Backfill shall be carefully placed to avoid pipe dislocation. Backfill material shall be free of rocks, stumps, roots, and other unsuitable material. In planting areas, the top six inches (6 ") shall be suitable planting soil. Backfill shall be placed in six -inch (6 ") lifts and shall be thoroughly compacted, except in planting area where planting soil is used. Backfill under pavement or sidewalks shall be compacted to ninety -eight percent (98 %) of maximum A.A.S.H.O. T -180 density. The surface of backfilled trenches shall be even with the surrounding ground surface. Plant locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and pipe locations. The IC shall coordinate the routing of lines and final head locations with the placement of specimen trees and shrubs. 3.03 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION A. The IC shall be responsible for the exact location of all sprinkler heads, acknowledging that the plans are schematic in nature. The IC shall accordingly place all sprinkler heads, adjust all nozzles, spray patterns, and make whatever other adjustments that may be required to give the landscaped areas full, complete, and proper coverage and distributions, and to meet all manufacturer's requirements. The IC shall make all such adjustments and additions solely at his expense. B. Sprinkler heads located along curbs and edges of paving shall be installed six inches (6 ") from back -of -curb or paving; except along roadways without curbs, sprinkler heads shall be located eighteen inches (12 ") from edge of 1 pavement. I 07/06 02810 -17 05 -5564 rC. Sprinkler heads shall be installed as designated on the drawings. Heads shall be installed on "funny- pipe" swing joints. The top of all sprinkler heads shall be flush with finish grade or top -of -curb. D. All sprinkler head risers above finish grade shall be painted with exterior ' alkyd - enamel paint, flat - green. The IC shall provide a sample of paint to the LA prior to installation. E. Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum indicated on the drawings (unless directed by the LA). In no case, shall the spacing exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer. F. Before sprinkler heads are set, the IC shall flush the lines thoroughly to ensure there is no foreign matter in the lines. 3.04 CONTROLLER INSTALLATION A. The IC shall be responsible for installing all automatic controllers located on the plans and details for the complete and proper automatic operation of the irrigation system. All such work shall be coordinated with the building and site ICs. B. Electric control valves shall be connected to controller in a clockwise sequence to correspond with station settings noted on the plans beginning with Stations 1, 2, 3, etc. Electric source shall be provided by others. IC shall be responsible for all connections, hook -ups, materials, labor, etc. for complete automatic operation according to the manufacturer and all applicable codes. C. The electrical service will be stubbed up to within five feet (5') of the controller location(s) indicated on the drawings. The IC shall provide all final and necessary conduit, wiring, and electrical terminations to each controller. D. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the OAR prior to installation. E. All controllers shall be equipped with surge arrestors as specified in this section. Resistance to earth - ground of the ground element shall not exceed 5 OHMS. Wire used to connect equipment to grounding rod shall be one (1) size larger than largest wire used on the irrigation system (at same location) and connected with a brass, single -piece clamp. 3.06 CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION A. The IC shall install control wires at least eighteen inches (18 ") below finish grade and lay to the side of the mainline. Provide a minimum of twenty- 07/06 02810 -18 05 -5564 four inches (24 ") of looped -wire slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie color -coded wires in bundles at ten - foot (10') intervals. The wire shall be laid in the trench prior to the installation of the pipe. The wire must be beneath and six inches (6 ") to the side of the mainline pipe. B. All underground wire splices shall be made at electric valves in valve boxes, using 3M DBY connectors per manufacturer's instructions. C. All wire passing under existing or future paving or construction shall be encased in Schedule 40, PVC conduit extending at least twelve inches (12 ") beyond edges of paving and stabilized for construction. Any wire in plant beds shall be placed in three - fourths inch (3/4 "), Class 160, PVC thirty six -inch (36 ") minimum burial. Installation procedures shall conform to all local codes. D. Electrical connections to electrical control devices shall be made with 3M DBY connectors, or equal. E. All electrical installation shall comply with all applicable building code electrical requirements and standards. 3.06 VALVE AND VALVE BOX INSTALLATION A. Gate Valves: The IC shall install as located and detailed on the drawings. B. Quick - Coupling Valves: Shall be installed on mainline pipe in areas shown on the drawings. The connection between the mainline and quick - coupler valve shall be with a threaded Schedule 80, PVC pipe and a triple - swing joint. C. Electric - Control Valves: Shall be installed in specified valve boxes at the depth specified on the drawings. The valve box shall have six -inch (6 ") layer of three - fourths -inch (3/4 ") pea gravel installed below the bottom of the valve. The valve shall be connected to the mainline with Schedule 80, PVC extensions as necessary to ensure valve is properly positioned in the valve box as shown in the details. Electric - control valves shall be installed where shown and grouped together where practical. The IC shall place no closer than three feet (3') from edges of sidewalks walk edges, buildings and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back -of -curb along roadways or centerlines of swales. The IC shall adjust the valve to provide flow rate or rated - operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. I. In the event that the valve box does not extend to the base of the electric - control valve because of specific field conditions or complications, as 07/06 02810 -19 05 -5564 verified and approved by the Owner prior to installation, the IC shall provide and install valve box extension(s) as manufactured by Ametek. 3.07 THRUST BLOCK INSTALLATION A. All mainline pipe shall have thrust blocks installed at tees, bends, or at the end of pipe lines as detailed on the drawings. Care shall be taken to install the concrete on the fittings and away from joints of pipe. Control, power, and valve wires must be kept free of concrete and placed outside and away from the thrust blocks. Thrust blocks shall be poured against undisturbed ground as detailed on the drawings. No pre -cast or pre - "bagged" thrust blocks will be allowed. MYTIMIM A. Exterior alkyd - enamel, flat - black, shall be used on above - ground PVC risers and other designated irrigation equipment. The IC shall provide paint sample prior to execution of painting. 3.09 TESTING A. The IC shall notify the LA and Owner seventy -two (72) hours in advance of testing. B. Prior to backfilling of mainline fittings, the IC shall fill the mainline piping with water, in the presence of the Owner /OAR, taking care to purge the air from it by operating all the sprinkler - control valves one (1) or more times and /or such other means as may be necessary. A small, high - pressure pump or other means of maintaining a continuous water supply shall be connected to the mainline and set so as to maintain 125 psi in the mainline system for two (2) hours without interruption. When this has been accomplished, and while the pressure in the system is still 125 psi, leakage testing shall be performed in accordance with AWWA Standard C -600 (i.e., .08 of a gallon (x) diameter of pipe (x) per 1,000' of pipe ( =) allowable amount of water added). Pressure readings shall be noted and make -up water usage shall be recorded. Should the rate of make -up water usage indicate significant leakage, the source of such leakage shall be found and corrected and the system then re- tested until the Owner /OAR is satisfied that the system is reasonably sound. Lateral line testing shall be conducted during the operating testing of the system by checking visually the ground surface until no leaks in this portion of the system are evident. Leaks shall be repaired or paid for by the IC at anytime they appear during the warranty period. C. Adjustment and Coverage of System: Coordinate pressure testing with adjustments and coverage test of system so both may occur at the same 07/06 02810 -20 05 -5564 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 o,o6 time. The IC shall balance and adjust the various components of the system so that the overall operation of the system is most efficient. This includes a synchronization of the controllers, adjustments to pressure regulators, pressure - relief valves, part- circle sprinkler heads, and individual station adjustments on the controllers. D. All items of construction and operation of the irrigation system are subject to the inspection and testing by the LA and OAR. Any item may be rejected because of non - compliance with the plans and specifications, non - suitability, poor materials, inadequate workmanship, or improper assembly or other causes which would prevent the system from functioning properly, or which in the LA's opinion would be detrimental to necessitate excessive manual labor and maintenance. E. The IC shall fully comply with the schedule of testing and inspection, as well as any other tests or inspections that may be ordered by the LA or OAR. All labor, materials, and equipment required for said tests and inspections shall be furnished at the sole expense of the IC. Work stoppages for testing, inspection, and replacement or repair of any inadequate item shall not add to the allocated time of completion. F. All repairs, replacements, adjustments, and reconstruction required to pass said inspections and tests shall be at the IC's sole expense. G. The IC shall be responsible for the full and proper maintenance of the irrigation including, but not limited to, adjustments, repairs, integration with the master control system, etc. The IC's responsibility for maintenance shall extend through the guarantee /warranty period one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. Irrigation "As- Built" record drawings and three (3) copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals, as specified under Part 1.05, 'Submittals', of this section are required at the time of Substantial Completion. H. Final inspection shall be made when the complete system is in place, operable, and all repairs, additions, adjustments, and other work is complete. At such time, the IC shall adequately demonstrate the proper operation of the system, shall show the system's complete conformance with the plans and specifications, and demonstrate that the irrigation system gives proper and adequate coverage of all landscaped areas. J. Final Acceptance by the LA and /or Owner in no way removes the IC of his responsibility to make further repairs, corrections, and adjustments to eliminate any deficiencies which may later be discovered. Moreover, the IC shall fully honor the one (1) -year warranty outlined herein. 02810 -21 05 -5564 3.10 WARRANTY A. The IC shall fully warrant the landscape irrigation system for a period of one (1) year after the written Final Acceptance and will receive a written confirmation from the LA that the warranty period is in effect. B. During the warranty period, the IC will enforce all manufacturer's and supplier's warranties as if made by the 1C himself. Any malfunctions, deficiencies, breaks, damages, disrepair, or other disorder due to materials, workmanship, or installation by the IC and his suppliers shall be immediately and properly corrected to the proper order as directed by the Owner and /or LA. C. Any damages caused by system malfunction shall be the responsibility of the IC who shall make full and immediate restoration for said damages. 3.11 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Inspection of the entire project or designated portions thereof shall be made upon written request of the IC. At that time, if all work is satisfactory and complete according to the conditions of the contract, the OAR shall declare the work substantially complete. B. The IC's written request for review of the work or any designated portion thereof shall be received by the OAR at least five (5) days before anticipated date of inspection. C. Plants that have died or are in unhealthy or badly- impaired condition on inspection (as a result of the IC's work only) shall be treated or replaced within fourteen (14) days at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Replace rejected plants within two (2) weeks of inspection. E. Substantial completion of the work for the entire project, or designated portions thereof, shall constitute the beginning of the guarantee period. F. The IC's responsibility for maintenance shall extend through the entire guarantee /warranty period (i.e., one (1) year from substantial completion). END OF SECTION 07/06 02810 -22 05 -5564 71, SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including furnishing, placing, curing, protecting and finishing, designing, furnishing, erecting, and removing formwork; constructing expansion and contraction joints and waterstops. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Concrete Quality: Concrete exposed to public view shall be executed to a high degree of quality in forming, color, texture and finish. Concrete exposed to public view shall be executed by an organization and /or persons who have had adequate experience in producing high quality concrete. 1. Adequate experience shall mean that the Contractor and /or his subcontractors and /or their personnel who execute the concrete work, shall have had at least five years of experience in concrete construction to the high degree of quality in forming, color, texture and finish specified herein, and for work of the size and complexity of this project. 2. The Contractor shall submit data to the engineer to support the adequacy of his experience. 3. In the Contract Drawings and Specifications, concrete which is to be constructed to a high degree of quality has been termed "appearance grade concrete." Except for light sandblasting in many areas, appearance grade concrete for this project is smooth, untextured concrete requiring no patterned form liners, exposed aggregates, or mechanical texturing. The specifications set forth detail the requirements for submittals, jointing, form construction, placement and vibrating, repair, surface preparation, and other required techniques in the preparation of high quality concrete. All concrete surfaces which do not get painted shall be considered as appearance grade concrete. ' B. Formwork: Unless otherwise indicated, design, construct, erect, maintain, and remove forms and related structures for cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with ACI Manual of Concrete Practice ACI 301 "Specifications ' for Structural Concrete for Buildings ". Forms shall be lined when necessary to provide the specified finishes, unless otherwise indicated. 07/06 03300 -1 05 -5564 C. Codes: Comply with the provisions of the latest addition of ACI 318, ACI 211. 1, and ACI 347 except as otherwise indicated. Where provisions of ACI Codes are in conflict with the South Florida Building Code, the South Florida Building Code will govern. D. Formwork Tolerances: ACI 301 Chapter 4 except as required herein for specified concrete tolerances. 1. Concrete deck - 1/8 inch maximum deviation for 10 feet long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface. E. Maximum allowable deviations from dimensions, elevations, slopes and positions, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Footings: (1) Width, depth, and length: Plus 2 inches; minus 1/2 inch. (2) Misplacement or eccentricity: One inch. (3) Elevation of top: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. 2. Top of all other base courses: Plus 0, minus 1/2 inch from course profile elevation at every point and if slope is indicated, plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3. Tops of slabs or topping: Plus or minus 1/16 inch at each point. If slope is indicated, slope uniformly to indicated low points. Top elevations and slopes at U3 finish shall be absolute, as determined by surveying instruments. 4. Top elevation of slabs not otherwise specified: Plus or minus 1/4 inch at each point; and if slope is indicated, plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 5. Top elevation of columns, slabs, wall and piers: Necessary to join the adjacent surfaces shall not have more than plus or minus 1/8 inch difference. 6. Plumb of columns, piers, walls, vertical joints not exposed to view in finished structure: 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not exceeding one inch total. 7. Plumb of columns, piers, walls, vertical joints and grooves and other prominent vertical lines exposed to view in finished structure: 1/4 inch in 20 feet, not exceeding 1/2 inch total. 07/06 03300 -2 05 -5564 1 8. Level and grade of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in 20 feet, not ' exceeding plus or minus 1/2 inch in entire length. 9. Level and grade of slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffits and rises measured before removal of supporting shores: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in any 10 foot length; 3/8 inch in any 20 foot length; not exceeding 3/4 inch maximum for entire surface. 10. Cross sectional dimension of columns, beams and slabs: Plus or minus 1/4 inch, except increase thickness of slabs on grade as necessary to achieve indicated top elevation and slope. 11. Thickness of walls: Minus 1/4, plus 1/2 inch. 12. Position of linear building lines not otherwise specified and distance from related columns, walls, and partitions: Plus or minus 1/2 inch at all points and not over 1/2 inch in any 20 foot length. 13. Rise of Steps: Plus or minus 1/16 inch in consecutive steps and plus or minus 1/8 inch in total rise of flight. 14. Tread of Steps: Plus or minus 1/8 inch in consecutive steps and plus or minus 1/4 inch in total flight. 15. Location of sleeves, size and location of floor openings and wall openings: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. 16. Misplacement of Work Points with respect to theoretical grid position: 1/8 inch. F. Sampling and Testing: 1. Concrete will be sampled and tested by the Project Testing Laboratory during the placement of concrete as follows: a) Sampling fresh concrete: ASTM C172. b) Slump: ASTM C143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge or as required and one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. c) Air content: ASTM C173, volumetric method; one test for each set of compression test specimens. 07/06 03300 -3 05 -5564 2. Compression test specimens: ASTM C31; one set of three standard cylinders for each compressive strength test. 3. Compressive strength tests: ASTM C39; one set for each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each concrete class and type in any one ' day; one specimen tested at seven days; and two specimens tested at 28 days. 4. Core tests: Core samples of in -place concrete will be made when cylinder breaks are such that there is reasonable doubt that the specified concrete strengths have been attained in the structure. Tests will be conducted to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place concrete in accordance with ASTM C42, by load testing or analysis as specified in ACI 318, or other ' tests as required. The cost of core test taken to determine the specified concrete strength in lieu of acceptable cylinder breaks shall be paid by the contractor. ' 5. Workmanship: Concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, color, tolerances, and 1 finishes, shall be corrected or replaced at no cost to the owner. G. Samples 1. Engineer's samples: Samples of finishes acceptable to the Engineer p P 9 ' are available for review by the Contractor before starting work. Coordinate procurement and selection of materials and design, mixing, placing and finishing of concrete, to obtain acceptable color ' and finish in completed work. 2. Formwork samples: Provide formwork for mock -up or sample panels as required for cast -in -place concrete work specified. ' Construct forms using facing materials required to provide specified finishes and textures. Do not proceed with structure formwork until sample units and forms have been accepted by the Engineer. 3. Field constructed samples: Fabricate sample sections representative of specified finished surfaces, in locations designated by the Engineer. Form, reinforce, mix, cast, cure and finish sample units using materials and methods proposed for construction work. ' Provide sample sections as follows: a. Wall section, approximately four feet high by four feet wide by six inches thick, unless otherwise shown. Form faces shall represent AF3 finish. Provide a safe footing and temporary bracing as needed to prevent the accidental tilt -over of the 07/06 03300 -4 05 -5564 t sample wall panel. Include not less than two form ties, two form panel intersections, one vertical construction joint, and one horizontal construction joint. b. Column section, approximately four feet high and not less than 17 inch diameter for round sections and not less than 12 inches in least dimension for rectangular sections, unless otherwise indicated. Bevel exposed edges of rectangular sample columns. C. Demonstrate special finishing, such as sandblasting or other surface texture. Conduct mechanical finishing in the presence of the Engineer, and conform to any control samples provided by the Engineer. d. Do not remove sample panels without written permission from the Engineer. When required, remove sample panels from the site. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: In accordance with the General Conditions, submit the following: 07/06 A. Show details of form types; methods of form construction and erection; falsework; design computations; locations of form joints, form ties and construction joints; scheduled date and rate of placing, and mix designations. Submit concrete placement sequence to Engineer for review and approval. Submit shop drawings and design calculations for shoring, signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer. B. Product Data: Name and description of the following materials and accessories: 1. Tie rods and cones. 2. Circular column forms. 3. Flat form material. 4. Release agent. 5. 8 mil. polyethylene vapor barrier. 6. Waterstop. 7. Vibrator frequency and head weight. 8. Admixture. 03300 -5 05 -5564 C. At least 24 hours before placing any concrete, submit signed certification providing the following: 1. Exact location and portion of structure to be placed. 2. Date and time concrete is to be placed. 3. Type of concrete to be used (mix), and the method to be used in placing the concrete. 4. Estimated quantity of concrete to be placed. 5. That line and grade have been checked and grade properly compacted. 6. That location, type, size and spacing or reinforcing has been checked and are as indicated. 7. That any water stops, construction joints, or seals have been placed and are as indicated on the drawings. 8. That any embedded pipes have been placed and are correct size, type and are as indicated on the drawings. 9. That embedded conduits, grounding wires or receptacles have been placed and are as indicated on the drawings. 10. That any embedded anchor bolts, bearing plates, dowels etc. are in place and are of the correct size and located as indicated on the drawings. 11. That forms are properly located and adequately braced. Note: Contractor will not be permitted to place any concrete until he complies with the above as verified by the field inspector. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200, CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. B. Polyethylene Vapor Barrier: Membrane with a permeance of less than 0.3 perms determined in accordance with ASTM E96, glass fiber reinforced so as to be resistant to deterioration and puncture during construction. 07/06 03300 -6 05 -5564 P C. Abrasive Aggregate for Dry Shake Slip- Resistant Finish: Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide; well graded in size from particles retained on the No. 30 sieve to those passing the No. 8 sieve. Provide at the rate of minimum 100 pounds per 100 square feet. D. Dovetail Slots: Galvanized Steel, 16 gauge, 1 x1 inch, with 5/8 inch throat, fiber filled. E. Strip Seal Retainer: ASTM A36 steel; galvanizing ASTM A123. F. Anchor Bolts, Nuts and Plates: Bolt ASTM A449. Plates ASTM A36 galvanized, Galvanizing ASTM A123. G. Form Release Agent: Burke Release as manufactured by Burke Concrete Accessories Incorporated, 2655 Campus Drive, San Mateo, California 94403, or approved equal. 1 2.02 MIXES: t A. Repair Grout for Surface Repair and Bond Coat: 1. For repair, one part portland cement to two parts fine sand, and water to produce stiff mortar. For bond coat, one part portland cement to one part fine sand. 2. Blend white and gray Portland cement to produce color matching surrounding concrete as determined by trial patch. 3. Catalytic agents for increasing bond and decreasing water requirements may be used up to one percent by weight, subject to approval of the engineer. B. Non - shrink Grout for Grouting Structural Members and Equipment: 1. Use non - shrink non - metallic grout conforming to Corps of Engineers Specification CRD- C588 -78 Type (d), with no shrinkage in the plastic state in accordance with ASTM C827. 2. Use non - shrink non - metallic grout under bearing plates, in recesses, holes or surfaces under structural members, equipment and machinery, and at other indicated locations. 3. Do not use staining ingredients in grout exposed to view. 4. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 03300 -7 05 -5564 C. Epoxy Mortar: Approved two- component product with a three -day minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi. The two- component product shall be mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 APPEARANCE GRADE CONCRETE: 1 A. Extent: Construct cast -in -place concrete as appearance grade concrete, as specified in Article 1.02.A.3, with the exception of the following- 1 . Unformed concrete, such as that in slabs, toppings, and ramps. 2. Concrete which is to be covered with earth. 3. Surfaces of which are interior surfaces not visible to the public, such as in shafts, pits, and utility spaces. B. Forms: 1. Design forms to provide the indicated finish. Limit the deflection of form facing materials between studs, as well as the deflection of studs and walers, to 1/240 the span length. ' 2. Design forms for easy removal without damage to the finished concrete. 1 3. Arrange the panels in the forms in orderly fashion, with joints between panels, expansion joints, and rustications laid out equally spaced, symmetrical with relation to such elements as centerlines, corners and ' major openings. 4. Place tie holes in rustications or other emphasized joints. Where there are no rustications or joints, place ties in orderly vertical and horizontal lines, evenly spaced at 24 inches on centers unless otherwise indicated. 5. Place tapered, removable cones at the rod ends in exposed concrete faces except where plane tie rod hole patching is indicated. 6. Do not reuse forms if there is any evidence of surface wear or defects. Clean and coat forms as indicated. 7. Observe formwork continuously while concrete is being placed to see that there are no deviations from desired elevation, alignment, plumpness and camber. If, during casting, weakness develops and the formwork shows settlement, deflection or distortion, stop the work, remove improperly cast concrete, and reconstruct the formwork to perform properly. 07/06 03300 -8 05 -5564 8. All formwork to comply with latest edition of A.C.I. Standards 347. 3.02 FORMWORK MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES: A. Provide formwork materials and accessories of permanent and temporary nature. Materials and accessories shall be non - corroding and non - staining under conditions of service and storage. When temporary materials are used, bring them to original condition before reuse. Discard damaged and corroded materials, and materials which, by wear or change during earlier uses, will cause change in the color or texture of the concrete. B. Steel Forms: Uncoated steel, 3/16 inch minimum thickness, fabricated to close tolerances, protected only by the specified release agent, braced so as not to bend, dent or dimple under wet concrete loads, vibrator impact, and tool impact. Maintain steel forms in rust -free condition by use of steel wool and light grinding, followed by coats of the specified release agent. 1 Forms shall be adjustable to be brought into true alignment without stops or ridges. ' C. Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Plywood Forms: PS -1, B -B High Density Concrete Form Overlay, Class I, unoiled. ' 1. Butt form panels, make contact surface fully flush and seal butting holes with sponge form tape. Chamfer edges of beams and ceilings. 2. Where MDO plywood is used to form ceilings or beams, use no piece of MDO plywood that has been patched or damaged. ' D. Plywood Forms: PS -1, B -B Concrete Form, Class I, unoiled. 1 E. Rustication Strips: Varnished ponderosa pine strips or equally rigid non - staining plastic, 3/4 inch deep, 1 -1/2 inches by 1 inch, suitable for fastening from outside form by non - corroding fasteners. jF. Drip Forms: Varnished ponderosa pine or equally rigid non - staining plastic, 1/2 inch wide on each leg. G. Bevel or Chamfer Strips: Non - staining plastic, 3/4 inch wide on each leg. ' H. V- Grooves: Varnished ponderosa pine or equally rigid non - staining plastic, 3/4 inch on each leg. ' I. Plugged Cone Form Ties: Rod type, with ends or end fasteners which can be removed without spalling the concrete and which leave a hole equal in depth to the required reinforcement clearance. Form ties shall be of a 1 07/06 03300 -9 05 -5564 design in which the hole match the surface of the hardened concrete. Provide removable cones 1 -1/4 inches in diameter by 142 inches deep. 1 Provide performed mortar plugs to match the color of the concrete, recessed 1/4 -inch, adhered with an approved two -part epoxy. J. Weep Hole Forms: PVC, polyethylene, or ABS pipe, matching color of the A. Design and execute watertight formwork in accordance with ACI 347 concrete, 4 inch inside diameter. Outlet cutoff shall project 1 -1/2 inches Chapter 1 that will withstand the pressure resulting from the placement and from wall and shall be in a plane parallel to it. K. Inserts: Galvanized cast steel or galvanized welded steel, complete with sufficiently hard and rigid. The maximum deflection between form supports shall be 1/240 span length. anchors to concrete and fittings such as bolts, wedges and straps. Provide hanger inserts spaced to match grid of suspended ceilings. B. L. Release Agent: For steel forms, use an approved material that will not color, stain or otherwise affect the finish of the concrete. For wood forms, C. The design, engineering, and construction of the formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. use a natural non - petroleum base, non - staining, non- retarding, non - dusting low gloss release agent. 1 Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from the concrete. Do M. Shoring: As designed and executed by Contractor to support all loads. concrete faces not exposed to view. Seal form edges by such means as Contractor to submit shop drawing and design calculations signed and ' gasketing material or sealant place din the joints in such a way that neither sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer. N. Column Forms: Shall be fabricated of four pieces, clamped watertight 1 drilled for tie rods, make hole fit tie tightly so as not to leak. without horizontal joints. Horizontal construction joints will be installed as indicated. 3.03 FORMWORK DESIGN: A. Design and execute watertight formwork in accordance with ACI 347 Chapter 1 that will withstand the pressure resulting from the placement and vibration of the concrete, which will not stain the concrete, and which is 1 sufficiently hard and rigid. The maximum deflection between form supports shall be 1/240 span length. B. Do not use earth as a form except in cases of solid rock which has been trimmed to the precise profile of the work to be cast. C. The design, engineering, and construction of the formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from the concrete. Do not use tape on interior face of forms to achieve watertightness, except at concrete faces not exposed to view. Seal form edges by such means as gasketing material or sealant place din the joints in such a way that neither fin nor groove is made in the face of the cast concrete. If forms must be drilled for tie rods, make hole fit tie tightly so as not to leak. 07/06 03300 -10 05 -5564 I. Form columns using four -piece MDO plywood at exterior or PS -1 plywood at interior column which leave no impression or joints in the hardened concrete. ' 3.04 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS: A. Use V- groove and rustication strip in forms or as indicated. Place drip forms as indicated. B. Where form ties and rustication joints occur together in concrete work, lay out the rustication strips as indicated and lay out form tie rows to fall within rusticated joints wherever possible. C. At construction joints, place a rustication strip at the exposed edge of the joint at the plane in which concrete placement is stopped. D. When placing or reworking formwork at construction joint prior to the next casting, place a rustication strip in the previously formed joint, lap the outer form 1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inches over previously formed surface, and seal both strip and form against mortar leakage or intrusion. E. Anchor formwork to shores and other supporting surfaces or members in such a way that upward or lateral movement of any part of the formwork during concrete placement and consolidation is prevented. F. Support runways for moving equipment on structural members, shoring or walers. 07/06 03300 -11 05 -5564 E. Place bevel or chamfer strip on external corners of concrete. Do not bevel internal corners of concrete unless otherwise indicated. F. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflections prior to hardening of the concrete so as to maintain specified dimension tolerances. G. Securely brace forms against lateral deflection and settlement. Provide positive means of adjustment of shores struts and walers, by means of ' jacks, wedges and adjustable ties so that deflection and settlement can be adjusted during concrete placement. H. If indicated, provide ties spaced equally vertical and horizontal at walls and columns. Center tie layout both vertically and horizontally within structural bays or bays formed by expansion joints or rustication joints. Form columns using external form clamps, without use of ties. I. Form columns using four -piece MDO plywood at exterior or PS -1 plywood at interior column which leave no impression or joints in the hardened concrete. ' 3.04 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS: A. Use V- groove and rustication strip in forms or as indicated. Place drip forms as indicated. B. Where form ties and rustication joints occur together in concrete work, lay out the rustication strips as indicated and lay out form tie rows to fall within rusticated joints wherever possible. C. At construction joints, place a rustication strip at the exposed edge of the joint at the plane in which concrete placement is stopped. D. When placing or reworking formwork at construction joint prior to the next casting, place a rustication strip in the previously formed joint, lap the outer form 1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inches over previously formed surface, and seal both strip and form against mortar leakage or intrusion. E. Anchor formwork to shores and other supporting surfaces or members in such a way that upward or lateral movement of any part of the formwork during concrete placement and consolidation is prevented. F. Support runways for moving equipment on structural members, shoring or walers. 07/06 03300 -11 05 -5564 t t - -1 Ll 1 t t t 'J 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES: A. Clean mortar, rust and dirt from form surfaces before placing concrete. B. Before placing either the reinforcing steel or concrete, cover the surface of the form with specified release agent. 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS: A. When concrete surfaces are to be repaired or further finished, remove forms as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. B. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Perform needed repairs at once; then start curing. C. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as possible without damaging concrete. D. Forms and shoring used to support the weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members shall be kept in place until the concrete has reached the minimum strength or time period specified for removal of forms and shoring. E. When shores and formwork framing are arranged so that non - loadbearing form facing panels may be removed without loosening or disturbing the shores or framing, the form facing may be removed at an earlier age as will not damage the structure. 3.07 REMOVAL STRENGTH: A. Maintain formwork in place for the following structural condition until the concrete has attained either the minimum percentage of indicated design compressive strength or for the period of time specified in the following table: B. Time periods in the following table include all days except those in which the temperature falls below 40 degrees F. Compressive Strength for Form Removal Normal (Percent of Structural Normal High -Early Required Member or Strength Strength Design 07/06 03300 -12 05 -5564 ICondition Concrete Concrete Strength) Cantilevers 12 days 7 days 90 Over 20 feet between supports 12 days 7 days 90 Stairways 10 days 5 days 80 Floor slabs, and bottom of caps 5 days 3 days 70 Free standing walls, column and piers 5 days 3 days 70 Walls, columns, sides of beams, footings, slabs on grade, and vertical surfaces 24 -48 hrs 12 -24 hrs 70 Front face form of roof top curbs 6 -24 hrs 6 hours 70 3.08 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: A. Locate construction joints as indicated. Joints shall be located so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the work. Where a location for a construction joint must be selected, locate it, where possible, at a rusticated joint line in the concrete. B. After the pour has been completed to the construction joint, and before placing fresh concrete, clean reinforcing steel and the surfaces of horizontal and vertical construction joints of surface laitance, curing compound, and other materials foreign to the concrete. Surfaces of horizontal construction joints, where expansion joint fillers or bond breaking compound is to be placed as indicated, shall be cleaned of dirt, sawdust, and other loose materials. Moisten surfaces on which concrete is to be placed immediately before placing concrete. C. When it is necessary to make a construction joint because of an emergency, furnish and place additional reinforcing steel across the joint at no additional expense to DCAD. D. When new concrete is shown to be joined to existing concrete by means of bar reinforcing steel dowels mortared in holes drilled in the existing concrete, the holes shall be drilled to the required depth, blown out, wetted 07106 03300 -13 05 -5564 and filled with epoxy mortar, after which the dowel shall be inserted and left undisturbed until the mortar is hardened. 3.09 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS: A. No reinforcement or other fixed metal items shall be run continuous through expansion and contraction joints, unless indicated. 1 B. Construct open joints at the locations indicated, by means of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material to be subsequently removed. 3.10 WATERSTOPS: A. The configuration and location of waterstops in construction joints and expansion joints shall be as indicated, or as ordered by the Engineer, use water stop model No. 778 manufactured by Greenstreak or approved equal. B. Provide waterstops in maximum practicable lengths, with thermal or solvent joints at all cuts, breaks and corners. 3.11 INSERTS AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS: A. Place sleeves inserts, anchors, weepholes, and other embedded items needed for adjoining work or for its support before placing concrete. B. Give ample notice to trades whose work is related to the concrete or supported by it so that they have ample opportunity to introduce or furnish or locate embedded items before the concrete is placed. C. Support joint material, waterstops and embedded items against displacement during concrete casting. 3.12 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE: A. Remove hardened concrete and foreign material from surfaces of conveying equipment. B. Clean forms of water, dirt, debris, hardened concrete film and lumps, bar tand wire fragments, and other deleterious matter before concrete is placed. C. Seal cleaning holes and make fully flush with interior surfaces of forms. Locate cleaning holes below finish floor level where possible. I D. Place moisture barrier where indicated over granular fill and bare earth before concrete, except at footings. Lap inches. placing joints six 07/06 03300 -14 05 -5564 D. Use chutes which are steel or steel - lined, and which have a slope not exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than one vertical to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20 feet long, and chutes not satisfying slope requirements, may be used if the chutes discharge into a hopper, designed to prevent segregation, before distribution. 1 E. Place concrete in forms using troughs, chutes or pipes with the end held not more than three feet above the surface of the base form or the concrete. Troughs, chutes or pipes shall have steel hoppers tops with sides sloping at least 45 degrees. F. Use bottom -drop buckets to place concrete wherever possible. Buckets shall permit gradual release and shall have sides sloping at least 45 degrees near discharge. t 3.14 DEPOSITING: 07/06 A. Deposit concrete into the forms as nearly as possible to its final position, to eliminate segregation of aggregates. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of the mass of fresh concrete. The free drop of concrete shall not exceed three feet without the use of adjustable length pipes. Place column concrete by means of pipes adjustable in length and not less than six inches in diameter. 03300 -15 05 -5564 E. Compact subgrade smooth, remove debris and deleterious matter, then wet before placing concrete. F. Do not place concrete until forms, reinforcement and embedded items have been approved by Engineer. 3.13 CONVEYING: ' A. Handle concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods that will prevent segregation, undue drying to temperature rise, or loss of ingredients, and in a manner that will maintain the required quality of concrete. B. Use conveying equipment, of size and design to maintain a continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end, acceptable to the Engineer. Do not use ' conveying equipment with aluminum parts, such as chutes, hoppers, or scrapers, that could come in contact with the concrete during conveying. C. Use belt conveyors which are horizontal or at a slope which will cause neither segregation nor loss. Use a baffle board or other arrangement at the discharge end to prevent segregation. Discharge long runs into hopper without segregation. Do not allow concrete to adhere to the return belt. D. Use chutes which are steel or steel - lined, and which have a slope not exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than one vertical to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20 feet long, and chutes not satisfying slope requirements, may be used if the chutes discharge into a hopper, designed to prevent segregation, before distribution. 1 E. Place concrete in forms using troughs, chutes or pipes with the end held not more than three feet above the surface of the base form or the concrete. Troughs, chutes or pipes shall have steel hoppers tops with sides sloping at least 45 degrees. F. Use bottom -drop buckets to place concrete wherever possible. Buckets shall permit gradual release and shall have sides sloping at least 45 degrees near discharge. t 3.14 DEPOSITING: 07/06 A. Deposit concrete into the forms as nearly as possible to its final position, to eliminate segregation of aggregates. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of the mass of fresh concrete. The free drop of concrete shall not exceed three feet without the use of adjustable length pipes. Place column concrete by means of pipes adjustable in length and not less than six inches in diameter. 03300 -15 05 -5564 B. Layers of concrete shall not taper nor be wedge shaped but shall be built with squared ends and level tops. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete being integrated with fresh concrete is plastic. Use vibrators to blend the plastic concrete layers. C. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. D. Align slab top surfaces to screed contours by strikeoff or if the nature of the finished surface so requires, by vibrating screeds or roller pipe screeds. E. Do not place concrete in supported elements until concrete previously placed in columns or walls is no longer plastic and initial shrinkage has occurred. ' F. Keep covers available at site to protect freshly placed concrete from rain. No exterior concrete shall be placed during rain. Fresh concrete exposed to rain shall be inspected by the Engineer. Engineer shall decide if the damaged concrete be repaired or removed and replaced with no additional expense to the client. 3.15 CONSOLIDATION: t 07/06 03300 -16 05 -5564 1 A. Consolidate concrete until voids are filled and free mortar appears on the surface. Consolidate concrete by means of internal vibrators. B. Vibrators: Minimum frequency of 8,000 vibrations per minute, massive head, with sufficient amplitude to effectively consolidate concrete. ' C. Employ a sufficient number of vibrators to consolidate the concrete within 15 minutes after depositing in forms. Maintain at least one spare vibrator available at the site of each structure during concrete placement. Do not hold vibrators against the forms or against the reinforcing steel. D. The location, manner, and duration of the application of vibrators shall be such as to secure maximum consolidation of the concrete without causing segregation of mortar and coarse aggregate and without causing water or cement past to flush to the surface. The thickness of the layers shall be not greater than can be satisfactorily consolidated by vibrators. Vibrators shall vertically penetrate into the previous layer at regular intervals. t 07/06 03300 -16 05 -5564 1 t C� E. Do not permit vibrators to remain in one area long enough to create a cavity. Plunge vibrators into concrete rapidly so as not to spatter forms or create depressions in the lift. 3.16 PROTECTION: A. Make arrangements for cooling and shading concrete in advance of placement, adequate to maintain the required temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. B. Concrete shall have a maximum placing temperature which will not cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints. C. The temperature of concrete as placed shall not exceed 95 degrees F. When the temperature of the concrete reinforcement is greater than 120 degrees F, spray with water immediately prior to placing concrete. 3.17 BONDING: 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' o „0s A. Provide longitudinal keys at least 1 -❑ inches deep or inclined dowels at least 12 inches long at all joints in walls and between walls and slabs or footing, unless otherwise indicated. B. When indicated or permitted, obtain bond surface by use of an approved chemical retarder which delays but does not prevent setting of the surface mortar. Remove retarded mortar within 24 hours after placing to produce a clean, exposed coarse aggregate bonding surface. C. After placement has been completed to the construction joint, and before placing fresh concrete, clean reinforcing steel and the surfaces of horizontal and vertical construction joints of surface laitance, curing compound, and other materials foreign to the concrete, and expose clean coarse aggregate of at least 3/8 inch size. Clean hardened concrete surfaces, by abrasive blast methods to expose coarse aggregate, after the curing period or immediately before placing concrete at the joint. Surface of concrete, which has been in place not more than eight hours, may be cleaned with air and water jets if surface laitance is removed and clean coarse aggregate is exposed. Surfaces of horizontal construction joints, where expansion joint filler or bond breaking compound is to be placed as indicated, shall be cleaned of dirt, sawdust, and other loose materials. Moisten surfaces on which concrete is to be placed immediately before placing concrete. D. When new concrete is shown to be joined to existing concrete by means of bar reinforcing steel dowels mortared in holes drilled in the existing concrete, the holes shall be drilled at least 12 inches, blown out, wetted and 03300 -17 05 -5564 r� filled with epoxy mortar after which the dowel shall be inserted and left undisturbed until the epoxy mortar is hardened. 3.18 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE WORK: A. Porous areas, open or porous construction joints and honeycombed concrete will be considered to indicate that the requirements for mixing, placing and handling have not been complied with and will be sufficient ' cause for rejection of the members of the structure thus affected. B. Defective work exposed upon removal of forms shall be entirely removed or repaired within 48 hours after forms have been removed. Defective areas will be inspected and repair method approved by the Engineer prior to repairs. C. Repaired areas will not be accepted if: t 1. The structural requirements have been impaired by reducing the net section of compression members; 2. The bond between the steel and concrete has been reduced; and 3. The areas is not finished to conform in every respect to the texture, ' contour, and color of the surrounding concrete. D. If the above requirements are not satisfied, the Engineer may require that the members or unit involved be entirely removed and satisfactorily replaced at no additional expense to DCAD. 3.19 REPAIR OF SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS: A. As soon as possible after stripping forms, thoroughly clean and fill holes left by form ties, and other temporary inserts, and perform corrective work. B. The surfaces shall be of a generally uniform appearance with regard to color and texture and shall have a smooth finish. C. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal joint form marks and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated in limited areas but not major or unsightly imperfections, honeycombs or structural defects will be permitted without carrying out remedial work, if and as approved by the Engineer, to ' remove such imperfections. D. In general, pin holes and hole smaller than 1/4 inch in diameter and not more than 1/2 inch deep may be left unfilled if their distribution is random, if they do not form unsightly clusters, or if they are not rusty or discolored. 07/06 03300 -18 05 -5564 t 1 :l t E. Remove imperfect texture, laitance, fins and roughness by rubbing affected areas with concrete block or carborundum stone until smooth and uniform. F. Holes 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch in their greatest dimension, which are not more than 1 inch deep, shall be cleaned to match the color of the concrete when dry. Deeper holes shall be repaired only after the Engineer has approved their effect on structural integrity. G. Obtain approval of the Engineer before performing repair work other than the removal of imperfect texture, filling of pin holes, holes less than 3/4 inch wide, and insert holes. The Engineer will determine whether the defective area is sufficiently imperfect to warrant rejection of the structural unit. H. For defects that are not subject to rejection, clean the holes, honeycombed areas, cracks, spalls, and discolored areas of oily or bondbreaking substances. Roughen or key the surface of each defect and coat the bottom and sides with a non - staining acrylic or epoxy bonding agent. Cut back spalled loose porous material until coarse aggregate will break under chipping rather than non - shrinking grout or epoxy- portland cement intrusion grout which has been formulated to match the color of the concrete when dry. Tamp grout and strike off color of the concrete when dry. Tamp grout and strike off flush with surrounding concrete without smearing. Confine the grout until cured keeping it damp when exposed to sun or other rapid drying. 3.20 PROTECTION FROM AND REMOVAL OF STAINS: A. Protect the concrete structure from rust staining by structural steel members and from other substances during the work. Do no allow dirt to accumulate on horizontal surfaces where it can be washed down over vertical surfaces by rain. Keep flat surfaces swept clean. B. If staining does occur, remove stain and restore the concrete to its original color and finish. 3.21 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES: A. After removal of forms, finish the surface of the concrete, as indicated, in a manner as specified below. B. All exposed concrete shall be cast and finished as appearance grade concrete except the following: 1. Surfaces which are covered with earth and which are more than 12 inches below finish grade. 03300 -19 05 -5564 2. Surfaces which are encased in other materials. 3. Surfaces which are to receive waterproofing. 4. Interior exposed concrete surfaces of shafts, pits, sumps, equipment rooms, storage rooms. C. Appearance Grade Concrete: Use smooth MDO plywood or steel form. Do not use form facing with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects that will impair the texture of the concrete surface. Patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins completely. 3.22 SLAB PLACEMENT AND JOINTING A. Coordinate time of mixing and placing with finishing. B. Locate joints in interior slabs on grade maximum spacing as shown on the drawings. C. Locate joints in slabs on grade at 20 -foot intervals in both directions unless other spacing is shown on drawings. D. Where sawed joints are indicated, saw joints as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates from being dislodged. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses cause cracking. E. Consolidate concrete in slabs using internal vibrators, vibrating screeds, and other means that eliminate air pockets, fully embed reinforcement, and retain sufficient coarse and fine aggregate at and near the top surface. F. Do not displace reinforcement during placement and vibrating of concrete. Maintain at middle of slab thickness. G. Do not puncture moisture barrier during placement and vibrating of concrete. 3.23 FINISHING SLABS: A. After concrete has been consolidated, finish surface in a manner as specified below. B. Where a finish is not indicated for cast -in -place concrete slabs, provide a troweled finish. 07/06 03300 -20 05 -5564 C. Troweled Finish: 1. After surface has been given a float finish, power trowel the surface to produce a smooth surface which is free of defects but which may still show some trowel marks. Perform additional trowelings by hand after the surface has hardened sufficiently. Consolidate the surface ' completely by the hand troweling operations. The finished surface which are to received resilient floor covering or carpet, grind all defects which will show through or cause local wear in the finish materials. Use only wet burlap or plastic sheets to cure. 3.24 CURING AND PROTECTION: A. Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, temperatures above 100 degrees F and below 32 degrees F, and mechanical injury. The materials and methods of curing and protection shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. B. Keep concrete continuously under cure until the accumulated time, during which the temperature of the air in direct contact with the concrete has been warmer than 55 degrees, is at least five days for bottom slabs and footings and seven days for all other concrete. C. Use one of the following methods specified as limited or directed by the Concrete Finish Schedule: 1. Ponding: Keep the surface submerged at all times for the required curing period. Do not allow water flow to erode the surface. Keep water clean and free of dirt and debris. 2. Continuous fogging: Accomplish by fogging with a nozzle which so atomizes the flow that a mist and not a spray is formed. Do not erode the surface of the concrete. Fog the concrete regularly without rallowing part or all of the surface to dry. 3. Wet burlap: Cover the entire area to be cured with double thickness burlap sheet conforming to AASHTO M182, Class 3 or 4, laid directly on the concrete, and keep continuously wet. Polyethylene film, free of holes or tears. Keep sheet fully flat, without wrinkles or air bubbles, held down tautly at all edges. Do not use this method on slabs which will be exposed to view. D. Hot and Inclement Weather Protection: 1. Make arrangements for cooling and shading concrete in advance of placement, adequate to maintain the required temperature and moisture conditions without injury to concentration of heat. 07/06 03300 -21 05 -5564 E. 2. Stop placing concrete when the quantity of rain falling on the surface is sufficient to wash the concrete surface. 3. Concrete shall have a maximum placing temperature which will not cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints. 4. The temperature of concrete as placed shall not exceed 95 degrees F, except the temperature of concrete placed in walls and slabs three feet or greater in thickness, shall not exceed 90 degrees F. When the temperature of the concrete reinforcement is greater than 120 degrees F, spray with water immediately prior to placing concrete. 5. Details and methods of placing and handling concrete during how weather shall be in accordance with ACI 305. Protection from Injury: 1. During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, impact, and heavy vibration. Protect concrete surfaces from damage by construction equipment, materials and methods, by curing methods, rain, or running water. 2. Do not load self supporting structures in such a way as to overstress the concrete. 3. Do not permit gunpowder or other power driven fasteners to be used in concrete. Use drilled, metal shielded bolts only unless predetermined and approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 07/06 03300 -22 05 -5564 SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to finish cast - in -place concrete surface as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03300. B. Cementitious Coatings Section 09820 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, as provided in the General Conditions and Section 01340 shop drawings of the proposed chemical hardener, manufacturer's surface preparation and application procedures. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES A. Concrete for the project shall be finished in the various specified manners either to remain as natural concrete or to receive an additional applied finish or material under another Section. B. The base concrete for the following conditions shall be finished as noted and as further specified herein: 1. Concrete to receive cementitious finish or stucco finish - Off -form finish. 2. Concrete to receive dampproofing - Off -form finish. 3. Concrete to receive carpet and sheet vinyl flooring and interior exposed slab concrete - steel trowel finish (two trowelings to a burnished finish). 4. Bottom slab of exposed tanks - steel trowel finish. 07/06 03350 -1 05 -5564 i t I 5. Exterior, exposed above water concrete slabs and stairs - Broomed finish. 6. Concrete where not exposed in the finished work and not scheduled to receive an additional applied finish or material - Off -form finish. 7. Gunite areas - wood float with broomed finish. 8. Concrete to receive chemical hardener - wood float finish. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CHANGING FINISHES A. The surface finishes specified for concrete to receive additional applied finishes or materials are the finishes required for the proper application of the actual products specified under other Sections. Where different products are approved for use, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine if changes in finishes are required and to provide the proper finishes to receive these products. B. Changes in finishes made to accommodate products different from those specified shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit the proposed finishes and their construction methods to the Engineer for approval. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S SUPERVISION A. The manufacturer of the metallic aggregate hardener material shall make available at no cost, upon 72 hours notification, the services of a qualified field representative to make sure the Contractor is providing the proper application of the product under prevailing job conditions and to observe installation as required. B. The Contractor shall make arrangements for the field representative to be present. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement and component materials required for finishing the concrete surfaces shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Chemical hardener shall be Lapidolith, by Sonneborn, Hornolith, by W.R. Grace or approved substitute, fluorsilicate base material. 07/06 03350 -2 05 -5564 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMED SURFACES A. Forms shall not be stripped before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 30 percent of the ultimate design strength. This is equivalent to approximately "100- day- degrees" of moist curing. B. Care shall be exercised to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms or doing any work adjacent thereto. C. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. Off -form finish. Fins and other projections shall be removed as approved. Tie cone holes and other minor defects shall be filled as specified in Section 03300. 3.02 FLOORS AND SLABS A. Floors and slabs shall be screeded to the established grades and shall be level with a tolerance of 1/8 inch when checked with a 12 foot straightedge, except where drains occur, in which case floors shall be pitched to drains as indicated. Failure to meet either of above shall be cause for removal, grinding or other correction. B. After Paragraph 3.02A procedures are accomplished, floors and slabs for particular conditions shall be completed as scheduled in one of the following finishes: 1. Wood float finish. Hand wood float with no coarse aggregate visible, maintaining the surface tolerance to provide a grained, non -slip finish as approved. 2. Broomed finish. Hand wood float maintaining the surface tolerance and then broom with a stiff bristle broom in the direction of drainage to provide a non -slip finish as approved. 3. Steel trowel finish. Steel trowel to a perfectly smooth, hard even finish free from high or low spots or other defects as approved and described in Paragraph 3.02C herein. C. Following screeding as specified above, power steel trowel as follows: 07/06 03350 -3 05 -5564 ' 1. Immediately after final screeding a dry cement/sand shake in the proportion of 2 sacks of portland cement to 350 pounds of coarse natural concrete sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the surface at the rate of approximately 500 pounds per 1,000 square feet of floor. Neat, dry cement shall not be sprinkled on the surface. This shake ' shall be thoroughly floated into the surface with an approved disc type power compacting machine weighing at least 200 pounds if a 20 inch disc is used or 300 pounds if a 24 inch disc is used (such as a "Kelly Float" as manufactured by the Weisner -Rapp Corporation of Buffalo, New York). A mechanical blade -type float or trowel is not acceptable for this work. ' a. NOTE: This operation (application of the cement/sand shake) may be eliminated at the discretion of the Engineer if the base slab concrete exhibits adequate fattiness and homogeneity, and the need is not indicated. I 2. In lieu of power steel troweling, small areas shall be compacted by hand steel troweling with the dry cement/sand shake as ordered. 3. The floor or slab shall be compacted to a smooth surface and the floating operation continued until sufficient mortar is brought to the surface to fill all voids. The surfaces shall be tested with a ' straightedge to detect high and low spots which shall be eliminated. 4. Compactions shall be continued only until thorough densification is ' achieved and a small amount of mortar is brought to the surface. Excessive floating shall be avoided. 5. After the surface moisture has disappeared, surface shall be steel - troweled to a smooth, even, impervious finish, free from trowel marks. After cement has set enough to ring the trowel, the surfaces of all slabs except concrete roof slabs and bottom tanks shall be given a second steel - troweling to a burnished finish. 3.03 HARDENER APPLICATION A. Where floor slabs are not be otherwise coated or covered, a hardener shall be applied to the floor slabs with monolithic finish after 28 days, minimum, concrete cure. The floors shall be thoroughly cured, cleaned, and perfectly ' dry with all work above them completed. The hardener shall be applied evenly and freely, using three coats, allowing 24 hours between coats. The first coat of fluorsilicate hardeners shall be 1/3 strength, second coat 1/2 ' strength and third coat 2/3 strength, and each coat shall be applied so as to remain wet on the concrete surface for 15 minutes. Sodium silicate hardener shall be applied in three coats, each at full strength and at the rate r 07/06 03350 -4 05 -5564 r of 1/3 gallon per 100 square feet. Approved proprietary hardeners shall be applied in conformance with manufacturer's instructions. After the final coat is completed and dry, surplus hardener shall be removed from the surface by scrubbing and mopping with water. 3.04 WATERTIGHTNESS A. All structures to contain water shall be watertight and shall be free from any perceptible leakage. 3.05 APPROVAL OF FINISHES A. All concrete surfaces will be inspected during the finishing process by the Engineer. B. Surfaces which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are unsatisfactory shall be refinished or reworked until approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 07/06 03350 -5 05 -5564 SECTION 09820 CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to apply cementitious finish and associated materials as required by the Drawings and as specified herein. B. This work shall include the following- 1 . Cementitious finish on interior and exterior concrete surfaces. 2. Cementitious finish on exterior vertical exposed concrete sills, overhangs, lintels, tie beams and other exposed exterior concrete. 3. Cementitious finish on interior and exterior masonry surfaces. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Structural repair of defective or honeycombed concrete, and patching of tie cones are specified in Division 3. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and 2 samples showing proposed finish treatment of cementitious finish applied to an appropriate substrate and a detailed description of methods and proportions of mixing and applying ' components of system. Manufacturer's representative should be consulted during this period. B. Finished application shall conform to approved samples. C. Provide shop drawing showing details of construction and erection of base plaster system, accessories, and cementitious finish. 1.04 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's representative shall be required at project site at no additional cost to the Owner at commencement of work under this Section and at least one other time during work of this Section. The representative shall advise workmen in proper installation methods and observe application. 07/06 09820 -1 05 -5564 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 07/06 A. Cementitious finish shall be manufactured by Thoro System Products or approved equal consisting of the following components: 1. Cementitious finish shall be Thoroseal Plaster Mix, heavy cement base coating in standard color. 2. Bonding agent shall be Acryl 60. 3. Patching mortar shall be Thorite, non - shrink patching mortar. 4. Water shall be potable drinking water for all operations. 5. Base coat for poured in place concrete surfaces shall be a brush coat of Thoroseal at the rate of two pounds per square yard. Bonding agent shall be same as for cementitious finishes. 6. Base Coat Plaster Materials for Masonry Structures: a. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type I. No air - entrained cement shall be used. b. Sand shall be natural or manufactured and shall conform to ASTM C144 except that grading shall be as follows: Sieve Size No. 4 8 16 30 50 Percent Passin 100 85 -100 60 -90 35 -70 0 -5 Sand shall not have more than 50 percent retained between two consecutive sieves. C. Bonding agent shall be as specified above for cementitious finish. No air- entraining agent shall be used. B. The term "Stucco ", as shown on the drawings shall be synonymous with the various cementation finishes and the Thoroseal type System products. 09820 -2 05 -5564 1 2.02 FINISH SCHEDULE A. Finish schedule is shown at the end of this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES ' A. No cementitious finish operations shall commence until substrate has been inspected and approved by the applicator. Remove all efflorescence, laitance, loose concrete, and foreign material by effective, approved means. Acid etching and neutralizing or sandblasting may be required to obtain acceptable substrate. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A Two coat plaster work shall conform to ANSI Standard A42.3 for portland cement plastering except as amended herein. Cementitious finish mixing and application shall conform to manufacturer's instructions as approved. 1 B. Installation shall be done only by mechanics skilled in the application of these systems. C. Concrete, except for installing patching, shall be allowed to cure 30 days before application of cementitious finish system. D. Warm Weather Requirements: Protect plaster and finish against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural or artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions ' to prevent rapid dry out. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. E. No materials which are caked or lumpy, or which are contaminated with foreign materials shall be used. No retarding or accelerating agents will be allowed in mixes without approval of Engineer. Minimum temperature at application and 24 hour thereafter shall be 50 degrees F. F. Hand apply plaster to the specified thickness. Machine application will not be allowed. G. Apply plaster and finish to an entire panel, or substrate unit with interruptions occurring only at openings or control joints. H. Place mixed plaster and finish within a maximum of 1 1/2 hours after mixing, except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing time as I 07/06 09820 -3 05 -5564 1 t C! t t 11 required to prevent premature stiffening of plaster. Do not retemper stiffened plaster with additional water or bonding agent. 3.03 CEMENTITIOUS FINISH APPLICATION A Manufacturer's instructions for mixing and application as approved shall be strictly followed. B. Patching: 1. Patching shall be done with mortar specified above and where required on concrete, as specified in Section 03300. 2. Patch tie cone holes, cracks and other defects in the concrete substrate required to be patched. Allow to cure 7 days before applying finish. This work is to be done by the Contractor. C. Cementitious finish shall be mixed with bonding agent and water in the approved mix proportions. D. Apply with trowel a thin tight coat of finish firmly filling all voids, and when tight coat is firm to touch, double back with more material and level to bring the wall to true and level plane. E. Application shall be at a rate to provide a 1/4 inch thickness minimum with sufficient material used to fill voids and surface imperfections and to hide joints in CMU walls. F. When surface has set, so finish will not roll or lift, float surface uniformly to obtain the approved sand finish. Use dry or slightly dampened float to avoid adding moisture to the surface cementitious finish. G. Finish shall be light textured finish on all exterior masonry and concrete surfaces. H. Cementitious Thoroseal System finish shall have 28 days minimum drying time before the application of any type of masonry paint. 3.04 CLEANUP 07/06 i A. At the conclusion of the work of this Section, remove all debris, cartons, cans and work equipment, and leave the premises in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 09820 -4 05 -5564 SECTION 16050 BASIC WIRING AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all material as required for a complete project as required by the Drawings and in this Specification. 1.02 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for the following: Raceways and Boxes Conductors Grounding Luminaires PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY A. Galvanized Rigid Conduit (ANSI C80.0) - Rigid galvanized steel conduit "RGS" shall be U.L. approved, Schedule 40, and mild steel pipe, zinc - coated on the inside and outside. Fittings shall be zinc - coated, U.L. approved. B. PVC Conduit - Underground PVC conduit shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 unless otherwise noted, and shall be U.L. approved. PVC conduit shall be Schedule 80 when installed above ground. B. Locations: Conduit shall be used as follows 1. All above ground grade exposed conduits shall be hot dipped galvanized rigid steel except otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. All conduits penetrating rated fire walls or rated fire floors shall be installed with U.L. approved devices to maintain the fire rating of the wall or floor penetrated. 07/06 16050 -1 05 -5564 2.02 CABLE, WIRE AND CONNECTORS A. Cable shall be rated for 600 volts and shall meet the requirements below: 1. Conductors shall be stranded. 2. All wire shall be brought to the job in unbroken packages and shall bear the date of manufacturing; not older than 12 months. 3. Type of wire shall be THWN or THHN rated 75 degrees C suitable for wet locations except where required otherwise by the drawings. 4. No wire smaller than 12 AWG shall be used, unless specifically indicated. ' 5. Conductor metal shall be copper. 6. All conductors shall be meggered after installation, and insulation must be in compliance with Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Minimum Values of Insulation Resistance. 1 2.03 BOXES t t A. Boxes for wiring devices (switches and receptacles) installed outdoors or wet locations shall be weatherproof fiberglass with polycarbonate cover plates. Junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X construction. All boxes shall be securely mounted plumb and level in readily accessible locations. B. Pullboxes in the ground shall be Brooks #36 or equal. 2.04 GROUNDING A. Grounding and Bonding: In accordance with NFPA 70. Ground all exposed noncurrent - carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways, and neutral conductor of wiring systems. B. Grounding Conductor: Provide an insulated, green - colored equipment grounding conductor in all feeder and branch circuits. This conductor shall be separate from the electrical system neutral conductor. Conduits will not be approved as the grounding conductor. C. The CONTRACTOR shall install all ground rods, ground wires, connectors as required for the complete grounding system. 16050 -2 05 -5564 t fl r Ll D. All metal parts and grounding conductors in each manhole or pullbox shall be grounded to a local ground rod. E. Resistance: Readings shall not be taken within 48 hours of a rainfall. F. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a written report for all grounding test results to the ENGINEER. The test shall include all ground connections. The report shall be signed by the OWNER of the contracting firm and shall include: Test date, time, weather conditions on test date and 3 days prior to the test date, location and results. G. All raceways require grounding conductors. Metallic raceways are not adequate grounding paths. Bonding conductors through the raceway systems shall be continuous from main switch ground buses to panel grounding bus of panelboards, and from panel grounding bus of panelboards, and motor control centers to branch circuit outlets, motors, lights, etc. These ground conductors are required throughout the project regardless of whether conduit runs or the Cable and Conduit Schedule show ground conductors on the Drawings. H. All connections made below grade shall be of the exothermic type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. General 1. Nylon pull cords shall be installed in all empty conduits. Wire shall not be installed until all work of any nature that may cause damage is completed, including pouring of concrete. Mechanical means shall not be used in pulling in wires 8 AWG or smaller. 2. The use of running threads is prohibited and where some such device is necessary, split couplings, Erickson couplings, or equal shall be used. Where water tight conduit installations are required, 1 watertight conduit unions shall be used. 3. All conduits shall be cleaned by pulling a brush swab through before installing cables. 4. All conduits shall be sealed at each end with electrical putty or Ductseal. Special care shall be taken at all equipment where entrance of moisture could be detrimental to equipment. 1 1 07/06 16050 -3 05 -5564 1 B. Handling 1. Conduits subjected to rough handling or usage shall be removed from the premises. 2. Exposed runs of conduits shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings, with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends or pull boxes as indicated on the Drawings. Bends and offsets shall be avoided where possible. ' 07/06 16050 -4 05 -5564 2. Conduits must be kept dry and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps. Care shall be given that plugs or caps are installed before pouring of concrete. All spare conduits shall remain plugged or capped upon project completion. C. Concrete and Masonry 1. Where conduits pass through exterior concrete walls or fittings below grade, the entrances shall be made watertight. This shall be done by providing pipe sleeves in the concrete with one half inch (1/2 ") ' minimum clearance around the conduits and caulking with askum and sealant, or by means of conduit entrance seals. 2. Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints, furnish and install offset expansion joints or sliding expansion joints. Sliding expansion joints shall be made with straps and clamps. D. Panelboards and Boxes 1. Conduits entering panelboards, pull boxes, or outlet boxes shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings, one locknut outside and one locknut inside of box with bushing on conduit end. The locknuts shall be tightened against the box without deforming the box. Bushings shall be of the insulating type. E. Bending 1. Field conduit bends shall be made with standard tools and equipment manufactured especially for conduit bending. F. Mounting and Concealing 1. Conduit runs shall always be concealed in finished spaces and may be exposed in industrial spaces except where indicated on the Drawings. 2. Exposed runs of conduits shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings, with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends or pull boxes as indicated on the Drawings. Bends and offsets shall be avoided where possible. ' 07/06 16050 -4 05 -5564 11 r� t f'. t II t t 1 3. Where conduits are run individually, they shall be supported by approved pipe straps, secured by means of toggle bolts or hollow masonry; expansion shields and machine screws or standard preset inserts on concrete or solid masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces, and wood screws on wood construction. The use of perforated straps or wires will not be permitted. 4. Concrete inserts and pipe straps installed shall be stainless steel unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers, and screws shall be utilized. Individual hangers, trapeze hanger and rods shall be prime- coated and painted. Conduit support clamps shall be the two piece type. 5. Conduit support struts, clamps, bolts, nuts and washers installed outdoors and in corrosive atmosphere indoors or on floors shall be stainless steel. 6. In furred ceilings, conduit runs shall be supported from structure, not furring. 3.02 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Terminations of power cable shall be by means of U.L. approved connectors. All connectors shall meet U.L. 486B and shall be compatible with the conductor material. B. Splicing of power, control, or instrumentation wiring will not be allowed except by written approval of the ENGINEER. Where splicing is allowed, splices shall be made waterproof regardless of location. 3.03 GROUNDING A. General: Grounding shall be as indicated, and as required by NFPA -70 and ANSI -C2. B. Grounding Connections: Grounding connections which are buried or otherwise normally inaccessible, and excepting specifically those connections for which access for periodic testing is required, shall be made by exothermic weld. Exothermic welds shall be made strictly in accordance with the weld manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds which are "puffed up ", or which show convex surfaces, indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable. No mechanical connector is required at exothermic weldments. C. Grounding Grid System: Conductors shall be buried a minimum of 24 inches in the ground. All cable crossings shall be securely bonded and 16050 -5 05 -5564 t the system connected to the ground system as well as to all equipment and structural steel work, and to all water piping. rD. Grounding Conductors: Shall be insulated copper wire in size as required by the National Electric al Code. r3.04 FIELD TESTS A. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the Contract, the ENGINEER shall be given five (5) working days notice prior to each test. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that all circuits and devices are in good operating condition. B. Test on 600 volt wiring: Test all 600 -volt wiring to verify that there are no short circuits or accidental grounds. Perform insulation resistance tests on all wiring using an instrument which applies a voltage of approximately 500 volts to provide a direct reading of resistance; minimum resistance shall be 1 megohm. The conductor loop resistance of each pair shall also be measured. The mutual capacitance between conductors of each pair shall also be measured. Provide written results for approval. 3.05 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Conductors shall not be pulled into raceway until: Raceway system has been inspected and approved by the ENGINEER. Plastering and concrete have been completed in affected areas. 1 Raceway system has been freed of moisture and debris. B. Conductors of 8 AWG size and smaller shall be hand pulled. Larger conductors may be installed using power winches. Wire pulling lubricant, where needed, shall be U.L. approved. Wire in panels, cabinets, and gutters shall be neatly grouped, using nylon tie straps, and fanned out to fterminals. C. Building wire conductors THHN / THWN installed below grade or in concrete slabs on grade shall have type RHW -USE insulation, 600 volt. Building wire shall be stranded. D. Each cable, wire in panels, pull boxes, manholes or troughs shall have a permanent identification, with numbers and letters indicated on the conduit and cable schedule. For underground cable identification tag, see drawing. E. Lubricants: Lubricants for assisting in the pulling of cables shall be those specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer. The lubricant shall not be deleterious to the cable sheath, jacket, or outer coverings, and shall be U.L. approved. Use Polywater J or equal. 07/06 16050 -6 05 -5564 Ll LI t 1 t F. Cable Pulling Tensions: Shall not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. 3.06 MOUNTING AND SUPPORTING ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install all supports, hangers, and inserts required to mount fixtures, conduits, cables, pull boxes, and other equipment furnished under this section or furnished for installation under this section. B. All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building and studs, except standard ceiling- mounted lighting fixtures and small devices, may be supported from ceiling system where permitted by the ENGINEER. However, no sagging of the ceiling will be permitted. Supports and hangers shall be of types approved by Underwriter's Laboratories. C. Perforated straps and wire are not permitted for supporting electrical devices. Anchors shall be of approved types. D. All supports, hangers, hardware, etc. used outdoors, shall be stainless steel and in corrosive atmosphere, or in hazardous areas shall be nonferrous, corrosion resistant, or stainless steel. Supports shall be selected to avoid galvanic reactions. Support devices shall be submitted for approval. 3.07 UNDERGROUND WORK 07/06 A. Excavation for Electrical Work Excavation or drilling, backfill and repair of paving and grassing are to be in the bid of the electrical contractor. The actual work need not be performed by electrical trades. However, the electrical contractor is responsible for all excavation, drilling, dewatering, backfilling, tamping, and repair of pavements and grassing required in support of electrical work. All areas disturbed by electrical work shall be repaired to their original conditions, or as indicated on the Drawings. B. Coordination The electrical contractor must check for existing utilities before commencing any excavation or drilling. Contract Drawings and other trades are to be consulted to avoid interference with other utilities on this project. In the event of damage to existing utilities, the Engineer shall be immediately notified, and damage shall be immediately repaired, with no cost to the Owner. 16050 -7 05 -5564 Ll C. Precautions ' The electrical contractor must take every reasonable precaution to avoid interferences. In the vicinity of a suspected interference, excavations shall be dug by hand. ' D. Excavating, Drilling and Backfilling 1. Materials for backfill shall be as specified in Section 2C, Excavation and Backfill for Utility Systems. 2. Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in a manner which will insure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. 3. Protect property from damage which might result from excavating and backfilling. 4. Protect persons from injury at excavations, by shoring up, barricades, warnings and illumination. ' 5. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions, to minimize the possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. 6. Dewater excavations as necessary. Protect excavations from inflow of surface water. Pump minor inflow of groundwater from excavations; protect excavations from major inflow of groundwater by installing temporary sheeting and waterproofing. Provide adequate barriers which will protect other excavations and below grade property from being damaged by water, sediment, or erosion from or through the electrical work excavations. 7. No organic material is permitted in backfill. All vegetation, peat, sod or other organic matter shall be removed from the premises. 8. Except under roadways, backfill material shall be clean sand or shell rock. No debris or trash may be used as backfill. 9. Under roadways, backfill material shall be the same as comprising the road bed. 10. Backfill excavations to 8 inches high courses of backfill material, uniformly compacted to 95 percent density per ASTM Standard D1557 using power- driven hand - operated compaction equipment. Watering backfill is not an adequate method of compaction. I 07/06 16050 -8 05 -5564 f'. r11. Backfill to elevations matching adjacent grades, at the time of backfilling excavations for electrical work. Where subsidence is measurable or observable at electrical work excavations during the warranty period, remove the surface (pavement, lawn or other finish) add backfill material, compact, and replace the surface treatment. Restore the appearance, quality and condition of the surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 12. Where excavation and backfill for electrical work passes through or occurs in a landscaped area, repair or replace the landscape work ' to match the original condition and quality of work. 13. Where excavation and backfill for electrical work passes through or occurs in an area of paving or flooring, replace and restore the construction and finish of the paving or flooring to match the original condition and quality of the work. G. Underground 1. Underground conduits not under concrete slabs, shall be buried at least two feet below finished grade for circuits rated 600 volts or less, except under traffic areas, conduits shall be buried at least three feet below finished grade. 2. Where steel conduit penetrates ground or concrete, the conduit shall be painted with two coats of asphaltic base paint one foot on each side of penetration. 3. Transition from PVC to RGS shall be made. prior to elbow below grade. Paint RGS with bitumastic, 12 inches above and below grade. 3.08 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND PULL BOXES A. Provide precast concrete manholes and pull boxes as indicated on the drawings. Manholes and pull boxes shall be installed on firmly compacted ground, level and plumb at the elevations indicated on the drawings. Manholes and pull boxes shall be equipped with pulling irons opposite and below each ductway entrance. Manholes and pull boxes shall have cable supports so that each cable is supported at a minimum of 3 foot intervals within the manhole or pull box. Cable supports shall be fastened with galvanized bolts and shall be fabricated of fiberglass or galvanized steel. Make provision for drainage and grounding. Install grounding rods at each manhole. 07/06 16050 -9 05 -5564 t t 11 t B. H -2 -044 traffic rated covers shall be provided for manholes and pull boxes with identification as follows: 1. ELECTRIC' where voltages within are 600 volts and less. 2. "SIGNAL" for instrumentation, Telephone and control. C. Covers and frames shall be cast iron or hot dip galvanized. End bells shall be cast in boxes by precast manhole manufacturer for all conduit entrances indicated on the drawings. D. Every manhole shall be equipped with 24" x 24" concrete knockouts for future conduit installation on two (2) opposing walls. ' 3.09 CONDUIT INSTALLATION �1 1 A. General Conduits in structural slabs shall be placed between the upper and the lower layers of reinforcing steel, requiring careful bending of conduits. Conduits embedded in concrete slabs shall be spaced not less than eight inches on centers or as widely spaced as possible where they converge at panels or junction boxes. Conduits running parallel to slab supports, such as beams, columns and structural walls, shall be installed not less than 12 inches from such supporting elements. To prevent displacement during concrete pour, saddle supports for conduit, outlet boxes, junction boxes, inserts, etc., shall be secured. 4.05 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION 07/06 A.. Installation of Cables in Manholes, Handholes and Vaults: Do not install cables utilizing the shortest route, but route along those walls providing the longest route and the maximum spare cable lengths. Form all cables to closely parallel walls, not to interfere with duct entrances, and support on brackets and cable insulators.. In existing manholes, handholes and vaults where new ducts are to be terminated, or where new cables are to be installed, the existing installation of cables, cable supports and grounding shall be modified as required for a neat and workmanlike installation with all cables properly arranged and supported. Support cable splices in underground structures by racks on each side of the splice. If splicing is approved, locate splices to prevent cyclic bending in the spliced sheath and out of the water. Install cables at middle and bottom of cable racks, leaving top space opening or future cables, except as otherwise indicated. Provide one spare three - insulator rack arm for each cable rack in each underground structure. 16050 -10 05 -5564 B. Cable Markers (or tags) in Manholes and Handholes: Provide cable markers or tabs for each cable or wire passing through or leaving manholes or handholes and at each terminal. Tags shall be stainless steel, bronze, lead strap, or copper strip approximately 1/1 6 inch thick or hard plastic 1/8 inch thick suitable for immersion in salt water, and of ' sufficient length for imprinting the legend on one line using raised letters not less than 1/4 inch in size, and shall be permanently marked or stamped with the identification as indicated. Use of two color laminated plastic is acceptable. Plastic markers shall be dark in color, and markings shall be light in color to provide contrast so that identification can be easily read. Fastening material shall be of a type that will not deteriorate when exposed to water with a high saline content. C. All supports, hangers, hardware, etc. used outdoors, shall be stainless ' steel and in corrosive atmosphere, or in hazardous areas shall be nonferrous, corrosion resistant, or stainless steel. Supports shall be selected to avoid galvanic reactions. Support devices shall be submitted for approval. D. Spare conduits shall be on top or accessible sides and identified uniquely I at each location and active conduits shall be located on the bottom unless noted otherwise. IEND OF SECTION t t t t 1 07/06 16050 -11 05 -5564 SECTION 16500 LUMINAIRES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK This Section includes the lighting luminiares, lamps, trim, ballasts, poles, bases, accessories. 1.02 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS UL -57 - Standard of Electric Fixtures FS -W -L -101 - Lamps, Incandescent FS -W -L -116 - Lamps, Fluorescent FS- W -13-30 - Ballasts FS -W -F -414 - Fixtures, Fluorescent IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Handbook, 9th Edition 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS Photometric data of independent nationally recognized testing agencies will be accepted. Photometric data of testing laboratories of luminaire manufacturers may be accepted if certified. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings for each luminaire assembly consisting of catalog cuts, photometric data, dimensions, ballast data, voltage, materials finish and installation data. B. Submittals shall be bound in a manual, indexed and identified in accordance with schedules. 2.01 LUMINAIRES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Luminaires shall be as indicated or specified. The details, shapes and dimensions are approximate, and variations, when approved, may be made in order to use stock luminaires. B. Luminaires shall conform to U.L. publication #57, and shall be complete with lamps and all necessary accessories and fittings. 07/06 16500 -1 06 -5564 t t t t t t t 1 t o,/06 C. Lens frames shall be supported so as to avoid sagging, and shall be readily removable or suitably hinged and latched. Removable frames shall have adequate means of retention for use when servicing. D. Incandescent Type Luminaires and Accessories: Incandescent lamps shall have a rating of 120 or 115 -125 volts unless specified otherwise, shall be frosted inside except where clear is specified and shall conform to Spec. W -L -101, as manufactured by General Electric, or Sylvania. Lampholders (sockets) shall conform to Spec. W -L -142 and shall be intermediate base unless indicated or specified otherwise. E. Fluorescent Type Luminaires and Accessories: Fluorescent Lamps shall be hot - cathode, rapid start, cool white type unless indicated or specified otherwise. The fluorescent lamps shall conform to Spec. W -L -116, and shall be suitable for operation with the ballasts to which they are connected. Fluorescent lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, or Sylvania. Fluorescent general purpose luminaires shall conform to Federal Specifications W -F -414, and shall be commercial type unless indicated otherwise. F. Plastic lenses shall be made of heat - resistant methyl - methacrylate and the lenses shall be injection molded unless indicated otherwise. Provide a fuse holder and fuse in the primary side of each ungrounded conductor in all ballasts, factory installed. G. Ballasts shall be UL listed, Class P, high power factor and CBM certified by ETL. Multiple lamp ballasts shall operate lamps out of phase with each other. H. Ballasts shall conform to Federal Specification W -B -30 and shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Electric, Jefferson, Universal, or Advance. Fluorescent ballasts shall be U.L. Listed, Class P, high power factor and CBM certified by ETL. Multiple lamp ballasts shall operate lamps out of phase with each other. Ballasts conform to Federal Specification W -B -30 and shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Electric, Universal, or Advance. J. High Intensity discharge type luminaires shall be U.L. Listed, of the size, type and rating indicated, complete with, but not necessarily limited to housings, lamps, lamp holders, reflectors, ballasts, starters, and wiring. K. Ballasts for H.I.D. luminaires shall be of the rating, type, and make as recommended by the lamp manufacturer that properly match the lamps to 16500 -2 06 -5564 the power line by providing the appropriate voltages and impedances for which the lamps are designed. L. Photocell - Provide photocell and lighting contactor for control of exterior lights. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Adjust all directional fixtures to obtain the most uniform distribution. Orient all similar luminaires consistently. Coordinate luminaires with speakers, air grilles, pipes and ductwork. 3.02 Luminaire bottoms, edges and ends of rows shall be even. Rows shall be straight, aligned and equally spaced in distinct areas. Clean all fixtures of debris and fingerprints and adjust trim to fit surfaces snug. 3.03 Provide all necessary hangers and mounting accessories for a complete installation. Precast pole bases shall be set in an augered hole and leveled using water and a vibrator. Poles shall be vertical. END OF SECTION 07/06 16500 -3 06 -5564